0 (1/&!2$%&$3/-4+356 ’()*+,-&.,(/-0

!"#$%&'()*+,-&.,(/-0(1/&!"2$%&$3/-4+356

'()*+,-&.,(/-0

78%9:;79$&<:=>:.PNMpb=_~ÅâÜçÉ=iç~ÇÉê=~åÇ=PNRpb

páÇÉëÜáÑí

_~ÅâÜçÉ=iç~ÇÉê

ljqNUQPTT=^M=====båÖäáëÜ

?,+1&@--0-&@ABACA-&D,0*47<;"EF!GG&:#

H;+34&I(1A(J&0-KJ()-4&7<;"LFGGF&MEN

.O;P7&O=&>Q$Q:Q%=R.O$P

!"

##$%&'()**++,-

Introduction

TX,INTR,BD2221 –19–09OCT96–1/1

INTRODUCTION

READ THIS MANUAL carefully to learn how to operateand service your machine correctly. Failure to do socould result in personal injury or equipment damage.This manual and safety signs on your machine mayalso be available in other languages. (See your JohnDeere dealer to order.)

THIS MANUAL SHOULD BE CONSIDERED apermanent part of your machine and should remainwith the machine when you sell it.

MEASUREMENTS in this manual are given in bothmetric and customary U.S. unit equivalents. Use onlycorrect replacement parts and fasteners. Metric andinch fasteners may require a specific metric or inchwrench.

RIGHT-HAND AND LEFT-HAND sides are determinedby facing in the direction of forward travel.

WRITE PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS(P.I.N.) in the Machine Numbers chapter. Accuratelyrecord all the numbers to help in tracing the machineshould it be stolen. Your dealer also needs these

numbers when you order parts. File the identificationnumbers in a secure place off the machine.

WARRANTY is provided as part of John Deere’ssupport program for customers who operate andmaintain their equipment as described in this manual.The warranty is explained on the warranty certificatewhich you should have received from your dealer.

This warranty provides you the assurance that JohnDeere will back its products where defects appearwithin the warranty period. In some circumstances,John Deere also provides field improvements, oftenwithout charge to the customer, even if the product isout of warranty. Should the equipment be abused, ormodified to change its performance beyond the originalfactory specifications, the warranty will become voidand field improvements may be denied. Setting fueldelivery above specifications or otherwiseoverpowering machines will result in such action.

THE TIRE MANUFACTURER’S warranty supplied withyour machine may not apply outside the U.S.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGDiesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive

harm.

120699

PN=2

Introduction

TX,INTR,BD1976 –19–24SEP96–1/1

310SE

T10

5479

–UN–0

4DEC96

120699

PN=3

Introduction

EX,INTR,BG69 –19–02DEC96–1/1

315SE

T10

5478

–UN–0

2DEC96

120699

PN=4

Introduction

TX,INTR,BD1975 –19–24SEP96–1/1

T12

1433

–19–

21SEP99

120699

PN=5

Introduction

CED,TX03768,2670 –19–11NOV99–1/1

HELP!! HELP!! HELP!! HELP!!

We need your help to continually improve our technicalpublications. Please FAX or mail your comments, ideasand improvements.

SEND TO: John Deere Dubuque WorksP.O. Box 538Dubuque, Iowa 52004-0538Dept 304

FAX NUMBER: 319-589-5800

OMT184377 310SE and 315SE Backhoe LoadersOperator’s Manual.

Ideas, Comments, (Please state Page Number):

OVERALL, how would you rate the quality of “ALL” Test Manuals provided to you? (Check one)Poor Fair Good Very Good Excellent

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Company NameAddressPhoneFAX No.Dealer Acct. No.

THANK YOU!

120699

PN=6

ContentsPage Page

Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1 Operating Windshield Wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24Side Windows—Secondary Exits . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25Upper Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Safety Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1Middle Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Heater and Air Conditioning—If Equipped . . . . 10-27

Operator’s Station Tachometer and Hour Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Operator’s Manual Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2Stop-Engine Indicator and Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3

Break-InEngine Coolant Temperature Indicator . . . . . . . 10-4Observe Engine Operation Closely. . . . . . . . . . . 15-1Seat Belt Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4After the First 10 Hours or Daily . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1Engine Oil Pressure Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Between the First 50 to 100 Hours—Alternator Voltage Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5

After Sales Inspection (ASI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 10-5Transmission Oil Temperature Indicator . . . . . . 10-5Rotary Beacon Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Pre-Start InspectionHydraulic Oil Filter Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting . . . . . . . . 20-1Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator . . . . . . . . . 10-6Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD) Operating the Engine

Indicator—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6 Check Instruments Before Starting . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1Ride Control Switch and Indicator—If Starting the Engine—With Manual

Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2

Park Brake Indicator and Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7Starting the Engine—With Powershift

Turn Signal Switch and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4Operational Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9

Starting Fluid—Cold Weather Starting Aid . . . . . 25-6Front Loader Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Using Booster Batteries—12 Volt System . . . . . 25-8Stabilizer Control Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Using Coolant Heater—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . 25-9Backhoe Controls—John Deere Two Lever . . . 10-11Check Instruments After Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9Backhoe Controls——SAE Excavator TwoWarm Up Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10Lever Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Cold Weather Warm-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-11Backhoe Controls—Three Lever (Stalled Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-11CASE style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Stopping the Engine—Normal ShutdownBackhoe Controls—Four Lever ( FORD

With Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-12style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Stopping the Engine—Normal Shutdown315SE Backhoe Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15

With Powershift Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 25-13310SE Boom Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16315SE Boom Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16

Driving the MachineSwing Lock Pin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17Driving on Public Roads—310SE . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1Extendible Dipperstick Locking Pin . . . . . . . . . 10-18

Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 Driving On Public Roads—315SE. . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2Seat Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Ride Control Operation—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . 30-3Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Keep Riders Off Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-4Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22

Continued on next pageDome Light and Radio—If Equipped . . . . . . . . 10-23

All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based onthe latest information available at the time of publication. The right is re-served to make changes at any time without notice.

COPYRIGHT 2000DEERE & COMPANY

Moline, IllinoisAll rights reserved

A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION ManualPrevious EditionsCopyright 1998

i 120699

PN=1

Contents

Page Page

Driving the Machine—With Manual Operating on a Slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-22Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-5 Positioning Spoil Piles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-23

Driving the Machine—With Powershift Leveling Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-23Transmission—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-7 Moving With Backhoe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-24

Travel Speed—310SE With Manual Using Backhoe Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-25Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-9 Using a Sight Gauge for Trenching . . . . . . . . . 35-26

Travel Speed—310SE With Powershift Trenching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-26Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-9 Operating Extendible Dipperstick With

Travel Speed—315SE With Manual Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-27Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-10 Using Loader Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-27

Travel Speed—315SE With Powershift Excavating With Front Bucket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-28Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-10 Dozing and Plowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-28

Parking the Machine—With Manual Excavating Banks or Stockpiles . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-29Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-11 Backdragging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-29

Parking the Machine—With Powershift Backfilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-30Transmission—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-12 Truck Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-32

Benching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-33Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-35Operating the MachineUniversal Bucket Couplers and BucketPreparing to Operate Backhoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-36Backhoe Valve Linkage Adjustment . . . . . . . . . 35-2Operating Stabilizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-3Operating Boom Lock—310SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4 TransportingOperating Boom Lock—315SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4 Loading and Unloading Machine on a Trailer . . . 40-1Operating Swing Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-5 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-3Operating Extendible Dipperstick Lock—If

Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6 Fuels and LubricantsOperating Auxiliary Flow Control Valve—If

Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6

Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . 45-2Operating Backhoe—John Deere Two

Diesel Fuel Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3Lever Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-7

Storing Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4Operating Backhoe Controls—SAEDo Not Use Galvanized Containers . . . . . . . . . . 45-4Excavator Two Lever Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-8Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4Operating Backhoe Controls—Three Lever (Diesel Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5CASE style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9Transmission, Axles and MechanicalOperating Backhoe Controls—Four Lever (

Front Wheel Drive Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6FORD style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7Shifting Backhoe With Bucket—315SE. . . . . . . 35-11Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8Operating Extendible Dipperstick—IfGrease For Extendible Dipperstick,Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12

Sideshift Frame, And Stabilizer Leg Wear StripsBackhoe Transport/Storage Position. . . . . . . . . 35-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8Operating Front Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-13

Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants . . . . . . . . . 45-9Adjusting Loader Bucket Self-LevelingLubricant Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9Linkage Indicator and Return-To-Dig SwitchMixing of Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-14

Changing Loader Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-16Periodic MaintenanceOperating Differential Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-17Attach Do Not Operate Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1Operating Mechanical Front Wheel DriveService Your Machine at Specified Intervals . . . 50-1(MFWD)—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-18

Reverse Stabilizer Feet—310SE . . . . . . . . . . . 35-19 Check Hour Meter Regularly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-2Add Front Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-19 Avoid Mud Build-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-2Add Liquid Ballast to Front Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 35-20 Use Correct Fuels and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . 50-2Operating Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-21

Continued on next pageWork at Proper Angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-22

ii 120699

PN=2

Contents

Page Page

Prepare Machine for Maintenance—With Check Rear Axle Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1Check Battery Electrolyte Level andManual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-3

Prepare Machine for Maintenance—With Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-2Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . . . . . . . . . 75-4Powershift Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-4

Loader Boom Service Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-5 Check Transmission Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-5Change Engine Oil and Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-6Opening and Closing Access Doors . . . . . . . . . . 50-6

Maintenance and Repair Record Check MFWD Planetary Housing Oil—IfEquipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-7Keeping System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-7

Oilscan Plus, CoolscanPlus,Dieselscan and 3-Way Coolant Test Kit Maintenance—Every 500 Hours. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-8 Check Air Intake Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1

Maintenance and Repair Record Replace Hydraulic System Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . 80-1Keeping System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-9 Check Boom-to-Dipper Pin Torque . . . . . . . . . . 80-2

Maintenance and Repair Record Replace Hydraulic Reservoir Breather . . . . . . . . 80-2Keeping System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-11 Replace Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-3

Check Coolant Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-4Maintenance—As RequiredInspect Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1 Maintenance—Every 1000 HoursDrain Fuel Tank Water and Sediment. . . . . . . . . 55-1 Change MFWD Front Axle Housing Oil—IfCheck Tire Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-2 Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1Tire Inflation Pressures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3 Clean, Pack, and Adjust Front WheelChecking Wheel Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3 Bearings—Non-Powered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-2Loader Boom Service Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-4 Check Engine Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-3Check and Adjust Boom Lock—310SE. . . . . . . . 55-5 Check and Adjust Engine Speed ControlClean Cab Air Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6 Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-4Inspect and Clean Hydraulic Reservoir Fill Change Rear Axle Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-5

Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6 Change Transmission Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-6Lubricate Side Shift Frame—315SE . . . . . . . . . 55-7 Change Transmission and TorqueLubricate Stabilizer Leg Wear Strips—315SE . . 55-7 Converter Oil and Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-8Lubricate Extendible Dipperstick—If Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil . . . . . . . . . . . 85-10

Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8 Clean Engine Crankcase Ventilation Tube . . . 85-10Lubricate Extendible Dipperstick Side Change Transmission and Torque

Rails—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8 Converter Oil and Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-11Lubricate Front Wheel Bearings— Change MFWD Front Wheel Planetary

Non-Powered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-9 Housing Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-12Lubricate MFWD Driveshaft — If Equipped . . . . 55-9 Replace Air Cleaner Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-13

Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily Maintenance—Every 2000 HoursCheck Engine Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1 Adjust Engine Valve Lash (Clearance) . . . . . . . 86-1Lubricate Loader Pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-2Lubricate MFWD Front Axle Universal Maintenance

Joints—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3 External Service Brake Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . 90-1Lubricate Stabilizers and Cylinders—310SE . . . 60-3 Clean Dust Unloader Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2Lubricate Backhoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-4 Inspect Air Cleaner Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2Lubricate Front Axle Steering—Non-Powered . . 60-6 Clean Dusty Primary Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-3

Test the Coolant Freeze—Protection Level . . . . 90-3Maintenance—Weekly Servicing the Cooling System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4Check Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1 Checking Coolant Hoses and Radiator . . . . . . . 90-4Lubricate MFWD Driveshaft Universal Draining the Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-5

Joints (S.N.—881151)—If Equipped . . . . . . . . 65-1 Diesel Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-6Filling the Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-7

Maintenance—Every 250 HoursCheck MFWD Axle Oil—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . 75-1 Continued on next page

iii 120699

PN=3

Contents

Page Page

Do Not Service Injection Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8 Park Brake, Charge Indicator Light,Tachometer/Hour Meter Circuit andDo Not Adjust Injection Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8Engine Speed Control Linkage Checks . . . . . . 95-4Replace Engine Vibration Damper . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8

Brake System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-6Draining Fuel Filter Sediment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-9Steering System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-9Precautions for Alternator and Regulator . . . . . . 90-9Transmission Neutral Disconnect CircuitPrevent Acid Burns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-10

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-10Service Batteries Carefully . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-11Driving Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-10Checking Electrolyte Specific Gravity . . . . . . . 90-13Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)Using Battery Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-14

Driving Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-13Replacing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15Hydraulic System Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-15Removing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15Check Operation of Accessories (EngineReplacing Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-16

Stopped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-19Remove and Install Halogen Bulb. . . . . . . . . . . 90-17Cab Component Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-20Changing Reverse Warning Alarm Volume . . . 90-18Miscellaneous Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-25Checking Neutral Start System. . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-19

Adding Attachments/Accessories toRoll-Over Protective Structure (ROPS) . . . . . 90-19 Troubleshooting

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-2Welding on Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-20Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-11Checking Ride Control Accumulator—IfGauges and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-16Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-21Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-20Check Park Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-23Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-27Checking Machine Cycle Times . . . . . . . . . . . 90-24MFWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-32Bleeding Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-25Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-33Adjusting Speed Control Lever Tension . . . . . . 90-26

Checking and Adjusting Toe-In . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-27Installing Teeth on Backhoe Bucket . . . . . . . . 90-29 StorageDo Not Service Control Valves, Prepare Machine for Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-1

Cylinders, Pumps or Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30 Monthly Storage Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-2Hardware Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30Keep ROPS Installed Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30 Crime Prevention TipsChanging Sideshift Backhoe Stabilizer Help Prevent Crime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1

Feet—315SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-31 Record Identification Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values . . . 90-32 Keep Proof of Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-1Service Recommendations for Metric Park Indoors Out of Sight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-2

Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . 90-33 When Parking Outdoors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-2Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque Values. . . 90-34 Reduce Vandalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-2Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Report Thefts Immediately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110-3

Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-35Check Oil Lines and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-36 SpecificationsService Recommendations for O-Ring Boss 310SE and 315SE Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . 115-1

Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-37 310SE and 315SE Backhoe Loader . . . . . . . . . 115-2Service Recommendations for Flat Face Other Information—310SE and 315SE

O-Ring Seal Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-38 Backhoe Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-13Service Recommendations for Inch 310SE and 315SE Backhoe Loader Weight . . 115-14

Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings . . . . . . . . . . 90-39 Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-15310SE and 315SE Backhoe Loader

Operational Checkout Drain and Refill Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-16Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-1 310SE And 315SE Backhoe LoaderGauge and Indicator Check With Engine Off . . . 95-1 Lifting Capacities—Standard Dipperstick. . . 115-17FNR, Neutral Start Circuit and Reverse

Continued on next pageWarning Alarm Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-2

iv 120699

PN=4

Contents

Page

310SE And 315SE Backhoe LoaderLifting Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick(Retracted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-18

310SE And 315SE Backhoe LoaderLifting Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick(Extended) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-19

Machine NumbersRecord Product Identification Number (PIN) . . . 120-1Record Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-1Record (MFWD) Front Axle Housing Serial

Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-1

Checklists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLIS-1

John Deere Service Literature . . . . . . . . . . . SLIT-1

John Deere Service Keeps You On the JobAT YOUR SERVICE WHEN YOU NEED IT . . . IBC-1

v 120699

PN=5

Contents

vi 120699

PN=6

Safety

TX,05,BD2222 –19–09OCT96–1/1

T10

5701

–19–

08JA

N97

05-1 120699

PN=9

Safety

DX,ALERT –19–03MAR93–1/1

RECOGNIZE SAFETY INFORMATION

T81

389

–UN–0

7DEC88

This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbolon your machine or in this manual, be alert to thepotential for personal injury.

Follow recommended precautions and safe operatingpractices.

DX,SIGNAL –19–03MAR93–1/1

UNDERSTAND SIGNAL WORDS

TS18

7–1

9–30

SEP88

A signal word—DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION—isused with the safety-alert symbol. DANGER identifies themost serious hazards.

DANGER or WARNING safety signs are located nearspecific hazards. General precautions are listed onCAUTION safety signs. CAUTION also calls attention tosafety messages in this manual.

05-2 120699

PN=10

Safety

DX,READ –19–03MAR93–1/1

FOLLOW SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

TS20

1–U

N–2

3AUG88

Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and onyour machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in goodcondition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Besure new equipment components and repair parts includethe current safety signs. Replacement safety signs areavailable from your John Deere dealer.

Learn how to operate the machine and how to usecontrols properly. Do not let anyone operate withoutinstruction.

Keep your machine in proper working condition.Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair thefunction and/or safety and affect machine life.

If you do not understand any part of this manual and needassistance, contact your John Deere dealer.

05-3 120699

PN=11

Safety

TX,05,BD2026 –19–07OCT96–1/1

AVOID INJURY FROM ROLLOVERACCIDENTS----------------------------------WEAR YOUR SEATBELT----------------------------------DO NOT ATTEMPT TO JUMP CLEAR OFTIPPING MACHINE—SERIOUS OR FATALCRUSHING INJURIES WILLRESULT----------------------------------MACHINE WILL TIP OVER FASTER THANYOU CAN JUMP FREE

T72

42EA

–19–

22FEB90

To avoid rollovers:

• Be careful when operating on a slope.• Avoid sharp turns.• Balance loads so weight is evenly distributed and load

is stable.• Carry tools close to the ground to aid visibility and lower

center of gravity.• Reduce speed before turning or swinging load.• Know capacity of machine. Do not overload.• Be careful when operating at the edge of an excavation,

trench, or drop-off, and loading or unloading from atrailer.

• Read and understand operating instructions in thisoperator’s manual.

05-4 120699

PN=12

Safety

TX,05,BD2027 –19–07OCT96–1/1

AVOID INJURY FROM BACKOVERACCIDENTS ----------------------------------BEFORE MOVING MACHINE, BE SURE ALLPERSONS ARE CLEAR OFAREA----------------------------------ALWAYS BE ALERT FOR BYSTANDERSMOVING INTO THE WORK AREA. USE HORNOR OTHER SIGNAL TO WARN BYSTANDERSBEFORE MOVING MACHINE----------------------------------WHEN USING A SIGNAL PERSON, KEEPPERSON IN VIEW AT ALL TIMES. BE SURESIGNAL PERSON IS CLEAR BEFOREBACKING UP

T72

41AY

–UN–2

1FEB90

To avoid backover accidents:

• Always look around before you back up. Be sure thateveryone is in the clear.

• Keep bystanders away from pivot area of an articulatedmachine.

• Keep reverse warning alarm in working condition.• Use a signal person when backing up if view is

obstructed. Always keep signal person in view.• Learn the meaning of all flags, signs, and markings

used on the job, and who has the responsibility forsignaling.

• Keep windows, mirrors, and lights clean and in goodcondition.

• Dust, heavy rain, fog, etc., can reduce visibility. Asvisibility decreases, reduce speed and use properlighting.

• Read and understand operating instructions in thisoperator’s manual.

05-5 120699

PN=13

Safety

TX,05,DH1526 –19–26JAN91–1/1

AVOID INJURY FROM ROLLAWAYACCIDENTS----------------------------------TO PREVENT ROLLAWAY, ALWAYS MAKESURE MACHINE IS PROPERLY SECUREDBEFORE LEAVING OPERATOR’SSEAT----------------------------------DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULTIF YOU ATTEMPT TO MOUNT OR STOP AMOVING MACHINE

T72

41AZ

–UN–2

1FEB90

To avoid rollaway:

• Select level ground when possible to park machine.• Park a reasonable distance from other machines.• Place transmission controls in neutral, move FNR lever

to neutral, and engage park brake.• Lower all equipment to ground.• Stop the engine.• Block all wheels if you must park on a grade. Position

machine to prevent rolling.• Read and understand the operating instructions in this

operator’s manual.

T82,BHSA,CL –19–14MAR90–1/1

INSPECT MACHINE

T66

07AQ

–UN–1

8OCT88

Inspect your machine carefully each day by walkingaround it before starting. (See Pre-Start Inspectionchapter.)

05-6 120699

PN=14

Safety

TX,05,BD2031 –19–07OCT96–1/1

USE HANDHOLDS AND STEPS

T69

81AN

–UN–1

5JUN89

Falling is a major causes of personal injury.

When you get on and off the machine, always maintain athree point contact with steps and handrails and face themachine. Do not use steering wheel or any controls ashandholds.

Never jump on or off the machine. Never mount ordismount a moving machine.

Be careful of slippery conditions on platforms, steps, andhandrails when leaving the machine.

DX,BYPAS1 –19–03MAR93–1/1

PREVENT MACHINE RUNAWAY

TS17

7–U

N–1

1JAN89

Avoid possible injury or death from machinery runaway.

Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals.Machine will start in gear if normal circuitry is bypassed.

NEVER start engine while standing on ground. Startengine only from operator’s seat, with transmission inneutral or park.

DX,ROPS1 –19–03MAR93–1/1

USE SEAT BELT PROPERLY

TS20

5–U

N–2

3AUG88

Use a seat belt when you operate with a rolloverprotective structure (ROPS) or cab to minimize chance ofinjury from an accident such as an overturn.

Do not use a seat belt if operating without a ROPS orcab.

05-7 120699

PN=15

Safety

TX,05,BD2033 –19–07OCT96–1/1

MAINTAIN SEAT BELT

T10

5665

–UN–0

7JAN97

IMPORTANT: Complete seat belt assembly should bereplaced after three years of usage,regardless of appearance

Between replacement intervals:

• Carefully examine buckle, webbing, and attachinghardware.

• Be sure that attaching hardware is in place. Tighten, ifnecessary.

• Replace seat belt if it does not operate properly, or if itis damaged, worn, or deteriorated. See Seat Belt inOperator’s Station chapter.

TX,05,BD2034 –19–07OCT96–1/1

SECONDARY EXITS

Machines equipped with cabs are equipped withsecondary exits. (See Secondary Exits in Operator’sStation chapter for further information.)

05-8 120699

PN=16

Safety

TX,05,DB2035 –19–07OCT96–1/1

DRIVE MACHINE SAFELY

T72

08AC

–UN–1

9FEB90

Set boom lock and swing lock pins to center backhoebefore driving. If you must drive on steep hillsides, movethe backhoe to uphill side for added stability.

Drive carefully:

• on slopes• where room is limited• over rough ground, curbs, or tracks• near a ditch or excavation

For traveling:

• be sure brake pedals are connected• lower loader bucket• keep machine in gear at all times

Use accessory lights and safety devices to warn operatorsof other vehicles.

Where flashing lights are prohibited, disconnect warninglight flasher.

TX,05,BD2036 –19–07OCT96–1/1

TRAVEL SAFELY

T69

64AD

–UN–2

0DEC88

Know the location of bystanders before moving themachine.

Always keep reverse warning alarm in working conditionto warn people when machine starts to move in reverse.

Use a signal person when moving machine in congestedareas. Coordinate hand signals before starting themachine.

05-9 120699

PN=17

Safety

TX,05,DB2037 –19–07OCT96–1/1

OPERATE BACKHOE SAFELY

T10

5702

–UN–1

1DEC96

Before digging, check location of cables, gas lines, andwater lines.

Avoid accidental machine movement. Before turning seataround to operate backhoe:

• Lower stabilizers so rear wheels are just off ground.• Lower loader bucket to the ground (rolled forward if

possible).• Move transmission gear shift and FNR lever to neutral.• Engage park brake.

On level ground, an experienced operator may use thebackhoe bucket to move the machine. Otherwise, fromloader operation position, raise loader bucket andstabilizers and drive machine to move it. Properly retainmachine with stabilizers after each move.

Stabilizers must be set on a firm surface. Do not digunder stabilizers. Be alert to possible machine movementwhen raising stabilizers, and loader bucket.

Avoid swinging bucket downhill when operating on slope.Dump on uphill side if possible.

Move boom slowly when raising loaded bucket to fullheight.

Clear all persons from area of operation and machinemovement.

TX,05,DB2038 –19–07OCT96–1/1

AVOID POWER LINES

T66

69AT

–UN–1

8OCT88

Keep away from power lines. Serious injury or death mayresult. Never move any part of the machine or load closerto power line than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice the line insulatorlength.

05-10 120699

PN=18

Safety

025,05,J9 –19–26JAN91–1/1

BEWARE OF EXHAUST FUMES

T64

58AO

–UN–1

8OCT88

Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can causesickness or death.

If you must operate in a building, be sure there isadequate ventilation. Either use an exhaust pipe extensionto remove the exhaust fumes, or open doors and windowsto bring enough outside air into the area.

DX,RIDER –19–03MAR93–1/1

KEEP RIDERS OFF MACHINE

TS29

0–U

N–2

3AUG88

Only allow the operator on the machine. Keep riders off.

Riders on machine are subject to injury such as beingstruck by foreign objects and being thrown off of themachine. Riders also obstruct the operator’s view resultingin the machine being operated in an unsafe manner.

TX,05,BD2039 –19–07OCT96–1/1

HANDLE FUEL SAFELY—AVOID FIRES

TS20

2–U

N–2

3AUG88

Handle fuel with care; it is highly flammable. Do not refuelthe machine while smoking or when near open flame orsparks.

Always stop engine before refueling machine. Fill fuel tankoutdoors.

Prevent fires by keeping machine clean of accumulatedtrash, grease, and debris. Always clean up spilled fuel.

05-11 120699

PN=19

Safety

DX,FIRE2 –19–03MAR93–1/1

PREPARE FOR EMERGENCIES

TS29

1–U

N–2

3AUG88

Be prepared if a fire starts.

Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.

Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

DX,FIRE3 –19–16APR92–1/1

HANDLE STARTING FLUID SAFELY

TS13

56–U

N–1

8MAR92

Starting fluid is highly flammable.

Keep all sparks and flame away when using it. Keepstarting fluid away from batteries and cables.

To prevent accidental discharge when storing thepressurized can, keep the cap on the container, and storein a cool, protected location.

Do not incinerate or puncture a starting fluid container.

02T,05,J33 –19–14MAR90–1/1

CLEAN TRASH FROM MACHINE

T66

69AG

–UN–1

8OCT88

Keep engine compartment, radiator, batteries, hydrauliclines, fuel tank, and operator’s station clean.

Temperature in engine compartment may go upimmediately after engine is stopped. BE ON GUARD FORFIRES DURING THIS PERIOD.

Open access door(s) to cool the engine faster, and cleanengine compartment.

05-12 120699

PN=20

Safety

02T,05,J25 –19–07JAN91–1/1

PROTECT AGAINST FLYING DEBRIS

T66

42DK

–UN–1

8OCT88

When you drive connecting pins in or out, guard againstinjury from flying pieces of metal or debris; wear gogglesor safety glasses.

DX,WEAR2 –19–03MAR93–1/1

WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TS20

6–U

N–2

3AUG88

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipmentappropriate to the job.

Operating equipment safely requires the full attention ofthe operator. Do not wear radio or music headphoneswhile operating machine.

DX,NOISE –19–03MAR93–1/1

PROTECT AGAINST NOISE

TS20

7–U

N–2

3AUG88

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairmentor loss of hearing.

Wear a suitable hearing protective device such asearmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable oruncomfortable loud noises.

05-13 120699

PN=21

Safety

DX,MSDS,NA –19–03MAR93–1/1

HANDLE CHEMICAL PRODUCTS SAFELY

TS11

32–U

N–2

6NOV90

Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can causeserious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used withJohn Deere equipment include such items as lubricants,coolants, paints, and adhesives.

A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specificdetails on chemical products: physical and health hazards,safety procedures, and emergency response techniques.

Check the MSDS before you start any job using ahazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly whatthe risks are and how to do the job safely. Then followprocedures and recommended equipment.

(See your John Deere dealer for MSDS’s on chemicalproducts used with John Deere equipment.)

TX,05,DH1729 –19–26JAN91–1/1

USE SAFETY LIGHTS AND DEVICES

N36

564

–UN–1

0FEB89

A—LightsB—Slow Moving Vehicle EmblemC—Reflector TapeD—Reflectors

Operators of machines that travel below normal highwayspeeds should take special precautions to avoid collisionwith other vehicles.

Before driving on public roads, check state and local lawsthat may apply to tractors, self-propelled machines, andtowed equipment. Additional lights, mirrors, SMVemblems, or reflectors may be required.

Install and use all safety lights and devices necessary toassure safe operation and local compliance. Keep thesesafety items in good condition. Replace missing ordamaged parts immediately.

05-14 120699

PN=22

Safety

TX,05,DB2040 –19–07OCT96–1/1

KEEP ROPS INSTALLED PROPERLY

TS21

2–U

N–2

3AUG88

Make certain all parts are reinstalled correctly if therollover protective structure (ROPS) is loosened orremoved for any reason. Tighten mounting bolts to propertorque.

The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPSis subjected to structural damage, is involved in anoverturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding,bending, drilling, or cutting. A damaged ROPS should bereplaced, not reused.

TX,05,DH1820 –19–14MAY91–1/1

WARN OTHERS OF SERVICE WORK

T74

47AO

–19–

22APR91

Unexpected machine movement can cause serious injury.

Before performing any work on the machine, attach a "DONOT OPERATE" tag to the steering wheel.

05-15 120699

PN=23

Safety

TX,05,BD2041 –19–07OCT96–1/2

PRACTICE SAFE MAINTENANCE

TS21

8–U

N–2

3AUG88

T10

3308

–UN–2

4AUG96

310SE Shown

If maintenance procedure must be performed with enginerunning, do not leave machine unattended.

Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fixdamage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts.Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.

Understand service procedure before doing work. Keeparea clean and dry.

Use loader boom service lock (A), backhoe boom lockand swing lock to prevent elements from moving duringservice. If locks are not available, lower equipment to theground.

Never lubricate or service machine while it is moving.Keep hands, feet, and clothing away from power-drivenparts.

Before servicing machine and leaving the operator’s seat,do the following:

1. Park machine on a level surface.

2. Lock equipment in raised position or lower to theground.

3. Move FNR and gear shift levers to neutral.

CAUTION: Never rely on FNR or gear shifteralone to keep machine from moving. Alwaysengage park brake to hold machine.

4. Engage park brake.

IMPORTANT: Turbocharger-if equipped, may bedamaged if engine is not properly shutdown.

5. Operate at 1/2 speed without load for two minutes.

6. Move speed control lever to slow idle position.

7. Turn key to OFF position and remove from switch.

05-16 120699

PN=24

Continued on next page

Safety

TX,05,BD2041 –19–07OCT96–2/2

8. Relieve hydraulic pressure by moving control leversuntil equipment does not move.

Disconnect battery ground cable (—) before makingadjustments on electrical systems or welding on machine.

Allow engine to cool.

DX,PAINT –19–03MAR93–1/1

REMOVE PAINT BEFORE WELDING ORHEATING

TS22

0–U

N–2

3AUG88

Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.

Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heatedby welding, soldering, or using a torch.

Do all work outside or in a well ventilated area. Dispose ofpaint and solvent properly.

Remove paint before welding or heating:

• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.Wear an approved respirator.

• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper withsoap and water before welding. Remove solvent orpaint stripper containers and other flammable materialfrom area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutesbefore welding or heating.

05-17 120699

PN=25

Safety

DX,TORCH –19–03MAR93–1/1

AVOID HEATING NEAR PRESSURIZED FLUIDLINES

TS95

3–U

N–1

5MAY90

Flammable spray can be generated by heating nearpressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns toyourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding,soldering, or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines orother flammable materials. Pressurized lines can beaccidentally cut when heat goes beyond the immediateflame area.

DX,FLUID –19–03MAR93–1/1

AVOID HIGH-PRESSURE FLUIDS

X98

11–U

N–2

3AUG88

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skincausing serious injury.

Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure beforedisconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten allconnections before applying pressure.

Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect handsand body from high pressure fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluidinjected into the skin must be surgically removed within afew hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar withthis type of injury should reference a knowledgeablemedical source. Such information is available from Deere& Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

05-18 120699

PN=26

Safety

TX,05,FF2787 –19–27JUL94–1/1

CLEAN THE MACHINE REGULARLY

T66

42EJ

–UN–1

8OCT88

Remove any grease, oil, fuel, or debris build-up to avoidpossible injury or machine damage.

High pressure washing [greater than 1379 kPa (13.8 bar)(200 psi)] can damage freshly painted finishes. Paintshould be allowed to air dry for 30 days minimum afterreceipt of machine before cleaning with high pressure.Use low pressure wash operations until 30 days haveelapsed.

Do not spray oil cooler fins at an angle. Fins may bend.

DX,RCAP –19–04JUN90–1/1

SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM SAFELY

TS28

1–U

N–2

3AUG88

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized coolingsystem can cause serious burns.

Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enoughto touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stopto relieve pressure before removing completely.

DX,STORE –19–03MAR93–1/1

STORE ATTACHMENTS SAFELY

TS21

9–U

N–2

3AUG88

Stored attachments such as dual wheels, cage wheels,and loaders can fall and cause serious injury or death.

Securely store attachments and implements to preventfalling. Keep playing children and bystanders away fromstorage area.

05-19 120699

PN=27

Safety

DX,DRAIN –19–03MAR93–1/1

DISPOSE OF WASTE PROPERLY

TS11

33–U

N–2

6NOV90

Improperly disposing of waste can threaten theenvironment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste usedwith John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel,coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.

Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not usefood or beverage containers that may mislead someoneinto drinking from them.

Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or intoany water source.

Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air candamage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulationsmay require a certified air conditioning service center torecover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.

Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of wastefrom your local environmental or recycling center, or fromyour John Deere dealer.

05-20 120699

PN=28

Safety Signs

TX,06,BD2042 –19–07OCT96–1/1

SAFETY SIGN

T79

16AD

–19–

06JA

N93

T10

5775

–UN–1

6DEC96

TX,06,BD2043 –19–15OCT96–1/1

SAFETY SIGN

T10

1888

–19–

04SEP96

Pressurized

T10

1885

–UN–1

4AUG96

A—Safety Decal

06-1 120699

PN=29

Safety Signs

TX,06,HH293 –19–17OCT96–1/1

SAFETY SIGN

T10

5733

–19–

13DEC96

T10

5221

–UN–1

5NOV96

06-2 120699

PN=30

Safety Signs

TX,06,BD2044 –19–07OCT96–1/1

SAFETY SIGN

T69

14AU

–19–

24FEB89

T10

3609

–UN–0

6SEP96

06-3 120699

PN=31

Safety Signs

TX,06,BD2045 –19–07OCT96–1/1

SAFETY SIGN

T73

25AB

–19–

06JA

N92

T74

12AA

–UN–1

5NOV90

06-4 120699

PN=32

Safety Signs

TX,06,BD2046 –19–07OCT96–1/1

SAFETY SIGN

T79

45AE

–19–

17JA

N97

T10

5661

–UN–1

1DEC96

315SE

06-5 120699

PN=33

Safety Signs

CED,OUO1040,158 –19–03JUN98–1/1

SAFETY SIGN

T11

4759

–19–

07APR98

Ride Control—if Equipped

T11

5723

–UN–0

5JUN98


06-6 120699

PN=34

Safety Signs

CED,OUO1040,159 –19–03JUN98–1/1

SAFETY SIGN

T11

5725

–19–

05JU

N98


T11

5724

–UN–0

5JUN98


06-7 120699

PN=35

Safety Signs

CED,OUO1040,160 –19–03JUN98–1/1

SAFETY SIGN

T11

5725

–19–

05JU

N98


T11

5722

–UN–0

5JUN98


06-8 120699

PN=36

Safety Signs

TX,06,BD2047 –19–07OCT96–1/1

SAFETY SIGN

T75

93AC

–19–

30AUG91

T10

1894

–UN–1

4AUG96

A—Decals

06-9 120699

PN=37

Safety Signs

TX,06,BD2048 –19–07OCT96–1/1

SAFETY SIGN

T67

35AC

–19–

01FEB89

Engine Coolant Heater Cord Assembly

06-10 120699

PN=38

Safety Signs

TX,06,BG234 –19–28AUG97–1/1

SAFETY SIGN

T10

4926

–19–

21JA

N97

T11

1205

–UN–2

5AUG97

310SE Shown

06-11 120699

PN=39

Operator’s Station

CED,OUO1040,92 –19–14MAY98–1/1

INSTRUMENT PANEL

T11

5444

–UN–1

9MAY98

Standard Package

T11

5380

–UN–1

5MAY98

Optional Package

A—Park Brake SwitchB—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Switch—If

EquippedC—Ride Control Switch and Indicator—If

EquippedD—Air Conditioning/Dehumidification SwitchE—Rear Wiper SwitchF—Rear Lights SwitchG—Horn ButtonH—Blower SwitchI—STOP-Engine IndicatorJ—Temperature SwitchK—Hour Meter/Tachometer—If EquippedL—Fuel GaugeM—Ignition SwitchN—Start Aid Switch

See remainder of this chapter for information onindicators, switches and gauges. See Operating theEngine chapter for information on start aid button and keyswitch.

10-1 120699

PN=40


EX,10,BG70 –19–03DEC96–1/1

INDICATOR LIGHTS

T10

5662

–UN–1

3DEC96

A—Park Brake IndicatorB—Seat Belt IndicatorC—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive IndicatorD—Beacon—If EquippedE—Engine Coolant Temperature IndicatorF—Engine Oil Pressure IndicatorG—Transmission Oil Filter IndicatorH—Hydraulic Oil Filter IndicatorI—Air Filter Restriction IndicatorJ—Alternator Voltage IndicatorK—STOP-Engine Indicator

See remainder of this chapter for information on indicatorlights.

10-2 120699

PN=41


TX,10,BG235 –19–28AUG97–1/1

STOP-ENGINE INDICATOR AND ALARM

T76

73AM

–UN–0

6JAN92

IMPORTANT: If STOP-engine indicator comes on andalarm sounds for more than tenseconds with engine oil pressureindicator on, stop machine immediatelyand investigate cause of problem.

If STOP-engine indicator comes on andalarm sounds for more than tenseconds with engine coolanttemperature indicator on, reduce loadand run engine for one to two minutesat slow idle to allow time to cool. If lightcontinues to stay on, stop engine andinvestigate problem. Do not re-startengine until problem has beencorrected.

The STOP-engine indicator comes on and alarm soundswhen:

• Engine oil pressure is low.• Engine coolant temperature is excessively high.• FNR lever is shifted into forward or reverse with park

brake on.• FNR lever is shifted into forward or reverse with park

brake off and seat rotated toward the backhoe position.

If indicators do not function correctly, see Troubleshootingchapter.

10-3 120699

PN=42


TX,10,BD2051 –19–07OCT96–1/1

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREINDICATOR

T10

5331

–UN–2

1NOV96

Engine coolant temperature and STOP-engine indicatorswill light and alarm will sound when engine coolant isabove 115°C (240°F). Do not stop engine when indicatorslight together or temperature will rise further. Reduce loadand run engine at slow idle. If indicator does not go outafter one to two minutes, stop engine and allow to coolbefore servicing.

TX,10,BD2052 –19–07OCT96–1/1

SEAT BELT INDICATOR

T78

40AW

–UN–0

6OCT92

The seat belt indicator will light at engine startup and stayon until park brake is released. With engine running,indicator will come on when park brake is engaged.

TX,10,BG236 –19–28AUG97–1/1

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR

T10

5339

–UN–2

2NOV96

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. Ifengine oil pressure light comes on formore than ten seconds, stop machineand investigate the problem.

Engine oil pressure and STOP-engine indicators will lightand alarm will sound when engine oil pressure is low.Stop machine and correct problem before resumingoperation.

10-4 120699

PN=43


TX,10,BD2054 –19–07OCT96–1/1

ALTERNATOR VOLTAGE INDICATOR

T62

01BD

–UN–1

8OCT88

Alternator voltage indicator will light when alternator outputvoltage is low. Check battery charge or electrical system.(See Maintenance chapter for Battery and Electricalservice information.)

TX,10,BG347 –19–01OCT97–1/1

ENGINE AIR FILTER RESTRICTIONINDICATOR

T10

5332

–UN–2

1NOV96

Engine air filter restriction indicator will light when air filterelements are restricted. Clean or change filter elementsas necessary. (See Maintenance Chapter 90 for elementservice information.)

TX,10,BD2056 –19–07OCT96–1/1

TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATUREINDICATOR

T10

5333

–UN–2

1NOV96

Transmission oil temperature indicator will light whentransmission oil temperature is high.

Reduce load immediately, shift into neutral and run engineat slow idle. Inspect for plugged oil cooler.

TX,10,BG237 –19–28AUG97–1/1

ROTARY BEACON INDICATOR

T11

1018

–UN–0

6AUG97

Rotary beacon indicator will light when beacon is turnedon with switch.

10-5 120699

PN=44


TX,10,BD2057 –19–07OCT96–1/1

HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER INDICATOR

T10

5334

–UN–2

1NOV96

IMPORTANT: If indicator lights and oil is warm,change filter as soon as possible toprevent damage. (See Maintenance—Every 1000 Hours for oil and filterchange procedure.

NOTE: Cold oil can cause indicator to light temporarily.Allow time for oil to warm up and light to shut offbefore servicing filter.

Indicator will light when hydraulic oil filter element isrestricted.

TX,10,BG346 –19–10JAN97–1/1

HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATUREINDICATOR

T10

5338

–UN–2

1NOV96

Hydraulic oil temperature indicator will light when hydraulicoil temperature is high. Reduce load immediately andplace control levers in neutral. Run engine at slow idle.Inspect cooler and radiator area for debris that couldcause plugging of the cooler.

TX,10,BD2058 –19–07OCT96–1/1

MECHANICAL FRONT WHEEL DRIVE(MFWD) INDICATOR—IF EQUIPPED

T10

5240

–UN–1

7DEC96

Indicator (A) will light when mechanical front wheel driveis engaged with switch (B).

10-6 120699

PN=45


CED,OUO1040,93 –19–19JUN98–1/1

RIDE CONTROL SWITCH AND INDICATOR—IF EQUIPPED

T11

5935

–UN–1

8JUN98

The indicator located on the switch will light when ridecontrol is engaged with switch (A).

TX,10,BD2059 –19–07OCT96–1/1

PARK BRAKE INDICATOR AND SWITCH

T10

5243

–UN–0

7JAN97

Indicator (A) will light when park brake is engaged withswitch (B). Push left-hand side of switch to engage brakeand right-hand side to disengage brake.

Park brake indicator (B) and STOP-engine indicator (C)will light, and alarm will sound if FNR lever is not inneutral position and park brake is engaged.

10-7 120699

PN=46


TX,10,BD2060 –19–07OCT96–1/1

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH AND INDICATORS

T10

5222

–UN–1

5NOV96

T62

01BG

–UN–1

8OCT88

Left Turn Indicator

T62

01BK

–UN–1

8OCT88

Right Turn Indicator

NOTE: Turn signal switch lights when activated.

Push turn signal switch (A) to activate turn signals.

10-8 120699

PN=47


TX,10,BD1948 –19–18SEP96–1/1

OPERATIONAL CONTROLS

T10

5247

–UN–1

8NOV96

Manual Transmission Shown

T10

5248

–UN–1

8NOV96


A—FNR Lever (FNR/Range Lever on Machineswith Powershift)

B—Clutch Disconnect SwitchC—Gear Shift Lever (Only on machines with

Manual)D—Speed Control PedalE—Brake PedalsF—Differential Lock Switch

Use controls (A—F) for driving the machine. (See Drivingthe Machine chapter for description and operationalinformation.)

10-9 120699

PN=48


TX,10,BD1949 –19–18SEP96–1/1

FRONT LOADER CONTROLS

T10

2045

–UN–1

4AUG96

A—Clutch Disconnect SwitchB—Loader Control LeverC—Auxiliary Loader Control Lever

NOTE: There are two clutch disconnect switches (A).(See Operational Controls is this chapter forlocation of other switch.)

Use controls (A—C) for operating front loader. (See FrontLoader Control Lever in Operating the Machine chapterfor operational information.)

TX,10,BD1942 –19–17SEP96–1/1

STABILIZER CONTROL LEVERS

T81

18AW

–UN–2

2NOV93

A—Left Stabilizer LeverB—Right Stabilizer Lever

Use levers (A and B) for operating stabilizers. (SeeStabilizer Control Levers in Operating the Machinechapter for operational information.)

10-10 120699

PN=49


TX,10,BG254 –19–08JAN97–1/1

BACKHOE CONTROLS—JOHN DEERE TWOLEVER

T10

5735

–UN–1

3DEC96

A—Boom and Swing LeverB—Dipperstick and Bucket LeverC—Extendible Dipperstick Control Pedal—If

Equipped

A conversion kit for changing controls is availablefrom your authorized dealer. Labels corresponding toother controls must be installed.

CAUTION: Several control patterns are availablefor this backhoe. Always verify controlresponse before operating.

Prevent possible personal injury fromunexpected machine movement. DO NOToperate backhoe unless you are in theoperator’s seat facing rearward with stabilizersdown.

IMPORTANT: To avoid machine damage, do notswing boom into stabilizers.

NOTE: When seat is turned around to backhoe operationposition, seat position sensor will sound anaudible alarm and light the STOP indicator if FNRlever is moved to forward or reverse position

Use levers (A and B) and pedal (C) to operate backhoe.(See Operating Backhoe Two Levers in Operating theMachine chapter for operational information.)

10-11 120699

PN=50


CED,TX03768,2663 –19–04NOV99–1/1

BACKHOE CONTROLS——SAE EXCAVATORTWO LEVER STYLE

T10

5735

–UN–1

3DEC96

A—Dipperstick and Swing LeverB—Boom and Bucket LeverC—Extendible Dipperstick Control Pedal—If

Equipped

A conversion kit for changing controls to the SAEcontrols is available from your authorized dealer.Labels corresponding to the SAE two lever controlsmust be installed.

Use levers (A and B) and pedal (C) to operate backhoe.(See Operating Backhoe Two Levers in Operating theMachine chapter for operational information.)





10-12 120699

PN=51


TX,10,BG255 –19–04NOV99–1/1

BACKHOE CONTROLS—THREE LEVER( CASE STYLE)

T73

95DG

–UN–1

2OCT90

A—Bucket LeverB—Dipperstick LeverC—Boom LeverD—Swing Right PedalE—Swing Left Pedal

A conversion kit for changing John Deere two levercontrols to three lever option is available from yourauthorized dealer. Labels corresponding to the threelever controls must be installed.





NOTE: If equipped with an extendible dipperstick, a fourthlever is added and is positioned to the right-handside (next to boom lever).

Use levers (A—C) and pedals (D and E) to operatebackhoe. (See Backhoe Control Levers—Three Lever inOperating the Machine chapter for operationalinformation.)

CASE is a trademark of Case Corp.

10-13 120699

PN=52


CED,TX03768,2662 –19–22OCT99–1/1

BACKHOE CONTROLS—FOUR LEVER( FORD STYLE)

T62

28AB

–UN–1

7OCT88

A—Extend DipperstickB—Retract DipperstickC—Raise BoomD—Lower BoomE—Load BucketF—Dump BucketG—Swing RightH—Swing Left

A conversion kit for changing John Deere two levercontrols to four lever option is available from yourauthorized dealer. Labels corresponding to the fourlever controls must be installed.





FORD is a trademark of Ford Motor Company

10-14 120699

PN=53


EX,10,BG72 –19–03DEC96–1/1

315SE BACKHOE CONTROLS

T86

02AD

–UN–2

2DEC95

A—Boom and Swing LeverB—Sliding Frame Lock SwitchC—Dipperstick and Bucket LeverD—Extendible Dipperstick Control Pedal—If

Equipped

NOTE: When seat is turned around to backhoe operationposition, seat position sensor will sound anaudible alarm and light the STOP indicator if FNRlever is moved to forward or reverse position.

Use levers (A and C), switch (B) and pedal (D) to operatebackhoe. (See Operating Backhoe—Two Lever Controlsin Operating the Machine chapter for operationalinformation.)

10-15 120699

PN=54


TX,10,BD1945 –19–17SEP96–1/1

310SE BOOM LOCK CONTROL

T10

2050

–UN–1

4AUG96

T10

5250

–UN–1

8NOV96

Apply boom lock (A) using control lever (B).

EX,10,BG73 –19–03DEC96–1/1

315SE BOOM LOCK CONTROL

T10

5506

–UN–0

2DEC96

T10

5507

–UN–0

2DEC96

Apply boom lock (A) using foot switch (B).

10-16 120699

PN=55


TX,10,BD1946 –19–17SEP96–1/1

SWING LOCK PIN

T10

5249

–UN–1

8NOV96

310SE

T10

2052

–UN–0

4SEP96

310SE

T10

5663

–UN–1

1DEC96

315SE

NOTE: 315SE has three mounting holes for swing lockpin to allow boom to be locked in centeredposition or swung to the right or left.

Swing lock pin (A) is stored in holder. Pin can be installedin hole (B) from operator’s seat to lock.

10-17 120699

PN=56


TX,10,BD2061 –19–07OCT96–1/1

EXTENDIBLE DIPPERSTICK LOCKING PIN

T10

5263

–UN–1

9NOV96

T10

5264

–UN–1

7DEC96

CAUTION: To prevent serious injury, alwaysinstall locking pin from ground.

1. Lower backhoe to ground and turn engine off beforeremoving or installing locking pin.

2. Place locking pin (A) in holder (B) and retain withquick-lock pin when dipperstick is not in transportposition. Install locking pin with quick-lock pin in hole(C) when transporting.

TX,10,BD2062 –19–07OCT96–1/1

SEAT BELT

T10

5665

–UN–0

7JAN97

1. Pull out belt from right side of seat.

2. Insert belt into catch on left side of seat to lock inplace.

3. Press red release button to unlock seat belt.

10-18 120699

PN=57


TX,10,BG323 –19–21OCT99–1/3

SEAT CONTROLS

T10

5265

–UN–1

9NOV96

Suspension Seat Controls

A—Pivot LeverB—Fore-Aft LeverC—Back Tilt LeverD—Weight AdjusterE—Lumbar Knob

CAUTION: Be sure seat is locked in positionbefore operating machine. A seat which is looseor not properly locked can cause loss of controlof machine and injuries or death.

Pivot Control: Lift up lever (A), pivot seat, and releaselever to lock seat.

Forward—Rearward Control: Lift fore-aft lever (B), slideseat to desired position and release lever.

NOTE: Back tilt lever, weight adjuster and lumbar areavailable on suspension seat only.

Back Tilt Control: Lift lever (C), tilt seat to desiredposition and release lever.

Weight/Height Adjustment Control: Suspension Seat—With NO weight on seat, turn weight adjustment knob (D)to change seat height and ride stiffness.

NOTE: SUSPENSION SEAT: With knob turnedcounterclockwise as far as it can go and with noweight on seat, the distance to the floor from topof seat is 19 in. With knob turned clockwise as faras it can go, the distance to floor from top of seatis 21 in. The distances will decrease by 2 in.when a 190 lb person sits on seat.

Lumbar Control: Turn knob (E) to position lumbar foroperator’s preference.

Grease seat base guide rails with multi-purpose grease,John Deere TY2098 or equivalent.


10-19 120699

PN=58


TX,10,BG323 –19–21OCT99–2/3

T12

5402

B–U

N–2

2OCT99

1—Pivot Lever2—Fore-Aft Lever3—Height

NON-SUSPENSION SEAT CONTROLS

Pivot Control: Lift up lever (1), pivot seat, and releaselever to lock seat.

Forward—Rearward Control: Lift fore-aft lever (3), slideseat to desired position and release lever.

Height Adjustment Control: Lift lever (2) to change seatheight.

TX,10,BG323 –19–21OCT99–3/3

T12

5403

B–U

N–2

2OCT99

1—Height Adjustment Switch

AIR SUSPENSION CONTROL

Height Adjustment Control:Press switch (1) to changeseat height.

10-20 120699

PN=59


TX,10,DH3548 –19–07FEB95–1/1

SEAT BELT

T84

15AA

–UN–0

9FEB95

Seat belt and mounting hardware must be inspectedfor wear or damage before operating the machine.Replace the belt or mounting hardware if worn ordamaged.

Replace the complete seat belt assembly every threeyears regardless of appearance. A date label, todetermine the age of the belt, is attached to each belt.

10-21 120699

PN=60


TX,10,BD2064 –19–07OCT96–1/2

LIGHTS

T10

5266

–UN–1

9NOV96

T73

71AX

–UN–0

2OCT90

A—Warning Lights SwitchB—Work and Drive Lights SwitchC—Turn Signal SwitchD—Amber Lights—Turn and WarningE—Work/Drive LightsF—Front Work Lights—Optional

Use switch (A) to operate amber turn and warning lights(D) at front and rear of cab.

Use switch (B) to operate work/drive lights (E) andoptional front work lights (F).

Switch (C) is used to signal turning direction.


10-22 120699

PN=61


TX,10,BD2064 –19–07OCT96–2/2

T10

5267

–UN–1

9NOV96

T10

2062

–UN–1

4AUG96

A—Rear Work Lights SwitchB—Rear Work LightsC—Rear Red Lights—Tail and BrakeD—Rear Amber Lights—Turn and Warning

Use switch (A) to operate rear work lights (B).

Red lights (C) illuminate when brakes are applied andwhen front drive lights are on.

Amber lights (D) blink in direction of turn when turn signalis applied. Amber lights flash when warning lights switchis pushed.

TX,10,BD2066 –19–07OCT96–1/1

DOME LIGHT AND RADIO—IF EQUIPPED

T10

2063

–UN–1

7SEP96

A—Dome Light SwitchB—Dome LightC—Radio

Use switch (A) to operate dome light (B).

Radio (C) is located above front window in front of domelight.

10-23 120699

PN=62


TX,10,BD2067 –19–07OCT96–1/1

OPERATING WINDSHIELD WIPERS

T10

2067

–UN–1

4AUG96

T10

5268

–UN–0

4DEC96

T10

2068

–UN–1

4AUG96

A—Front Wiper SwitchB—Rear Wiper SwitchC—Front Washer SwitchD—Washer Reservoir

IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to wiper blades, DONOT operate wipers if blades are frozento windshield.

1. Push front (A) and/or rear (B) wiper switch to first stopto make wiper(s) cycle slowly.

2. Push to second stop to make wipers cycle fast.

3. Push switch (C) to operate front windshield washer.

4. Fill washer reservoir (D), as needed, under top accesspanel.

10-24 120699

PN=63


TX,10,BD2068 –19–07OCT96–1/1

SIDE WINDOWS—SECONDARY EXITS

T73

51BK

–UN–3

0AUG90

T10

2093

–UN–1

6AUG96

The side windows can open 180° and can be used assecondary exits.

To open, pull handle (A) in and away from cab post latch.

Retain in open position against fixed window on sameside by fastening knob (B) into socket (C). Turn knob untiltension is felt to prevent window from swinging duringoperation.

10-25 120699

PN=64


TX,10,BD2069 –19–07OCT96–1/1

UPPER REAR WINDOW

T10

2103

–UN–0

1AUG96

T73

51BN

–UN–1

7DEC90

T10

2115

–UN–1

6AUG96

Upper rear window can be used as a secondary exit.

NOTE: Gas filled cylinders aid in lifting rear window uptowards ceiling.

To open window, lower middle window, push latches (A)to release window and push up to ceiling.

To retain window in open position, push up on window tolock in catches (B).

NOTE: To close upper window, middle window must be inthe open position.

To close window, release catches and lower window toclosed position. Push on bottom of window to latch inplace.

10-26 120699

PN=65


TX,10,BD2070 –19–07OCT96–1/1

MIDDLE REAR WINDOW

T10

5269

–UN–1

9NOV96

310SE

To open middle rear window, press latches (A) to release,pull inward, and lower window to rubber bumpers (B).

To close middle window, press latches and lift until itmeets upper window. Push in on top of each side to lockwindow in position.

CED,OUO1040,51 –19–11MAY98–1/1

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONING—IFEQUIPPED

T10

2117

–UN–1

7DEC96

Push switch (A) (snowflake) to turn on airconditioner/dehumidification. Adjust temperature using dial(B) and air flow with dial (C).

To operate heater, push switch (A) (cactus). Adjusttemperature with dial (B) and air flow with dial (C).

TX,10,BD1947 –19–18SEP96–1/1

TACHOMETER AND HOUR METER

T10

5737

–UN–1

3DEC96

Use tachometer (A), if equipped, to measure enginespeed.

Use hour meter (B) to determine when to perform serviceand maintenance procedures. (See Maintenance chaptersin this manual for intervals and instructions.)

10-27 120699

PN=66


TX,10,DH1406 –19–15MAR93–1/1

OPERATOR’S MANUAL HOLDER

T73

81AA

–UN–0

2OCT90

Store operator’s manual in the holder located inside thecab roof.

On units equipped with ROPS, operator’s manual holderis located in sealed storage container on inside left fender.

10-28 120699

PN=67

Break-In

TX,15,BG238 –19–28AUG97–1/1

OBSERVE ENGINE OPERATION CLOSELY

IMPORTANT: Become thoroughly familiar with thesound and feel of your new machine.

Engine is filled with SAE 10W30break-in oil. If necessary to add oil, useseasonal viscosity oil. (See Fuels andLubricants chapter.)

The factory uses a yellow fluorescentdye additive in the oil to aid techniciansin detecting possible oil leaks. This dyecauses oil to have a slightly green oryellow appearance under some lightingconditions. Color does not indicate aproblem and green or yellowappearance will disappear after 20—30hours of engine operation.

1. Operate engine at normal loads. (See Specificationschapter.)

2. Avoid excess engine idling.

3. Check indicator lights and gauges frequently duringoperation.

TX,15,BD2073 –19–07OCT96–1/1

AFTER THE FIRST 10 HOURS OR DAILY

NOTE: Use only the specified lubricants and coolant.(See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)

1. Perform 10 hour or daily service. (See Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily chapter.)

2. Check coolant level, engine oil, transmission oil, rearaxle oil and hydraulic oil levels.

3. Watch for fluid leaks.

4. Check hardware torque and tighten as necessary. (SeeMaintenance chapter for hardware torquespecification.)

15-1 120699

PN=68

Break-In

TX,15,BG239 –19–06MAY98–1/1

BETWEEN THE FIRST 50 TO 100 HOURS—AFTER SALES INSPECTION (ASI)

1. Perform procedures listed in Maintenance—Every 10Hours or Daily chapter when required interval is due.

2. Change engine oil filter. (See Maintenance—Every 250Hours chapter.)

3. Change hydraulic system oil filter. (See Maintenance—Every 500 Hours chapter.)

NOTE: Transmission oil does not need to be changedduring break-in period.

4. Change transmission filter. (See Maintenance—Every1000 Hours chapter.)

5. Check boom lock and adjust as necessary. (SeeMaintenance—As Required chapter.)

15-2 120699

PN=69

Pre-Start Inspection

TX,20,BD2075 –19–07OCT96–1/1

INSPECT MACHINE DAILY BEFORESTARTING

T10

3808

–UN–1

8SEP96

310SE

Perform periodic service checks in the Maintenance—10Hours or Daily chapter.

• Check and lubricate loader pivot pins (A).• Check engine oil level and air cleaner (B).• Check precleaner (C).• Check hydraulic oil level (D).• Clean operator’s station (E).• Check and lubricate backhoe pivot pins (F).• Check pedals and controls for freedom of movement

(G).• Check inflation pressure of tires (H) and hardware

torque of wheels.• Clean radiator fins (I).

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: Check for worn or frayed wiresand loose or corroded connections.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM: Check for leaks, missing or looseclamps, kinked hoses, and lines or hoses in areas that rubagainst each other or other parts.

BACKHOE AND LOADER: Check for loose, bent, brokenor missing parts and hardware.

LUBRICATION: Check lubrication points shown onPeriodic Maintenance Chart or in Maintenance—Every 10Hours or Daily chapter.

PROTECTIVE DEVICES: Check ROPS, guards, shields,covers, and seat belt.

FIRE PREVENTION: Clean machine of debris.

PARK BRAKE: Check for correct operation.

SAFETY: Walk around machine to be sure all persons areclear from machine area.

20-1 120699

PN=70

Operating the Engine

TX,25,BD2076 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CHECK INSTRUMENTS BEFORE STARTING

T10

3810

–19–

07OCT96

T10

5274

–UN–1

6DEC96

Turn key switch clockwise and hold in BULB CHECKposition.

All indicators (A) must light. (See Operator’s Stationchapter for location and description of indicators.) If anyfail to light, check the bulb. If bulb is good, but indicatorstill fails to light, see your authorized dealer.

25-1 120699

PN=71


CED,OUO1040,66 –19–13MAY98–1/2

STARTING THE ENGINE—WITH MANUALTRANSMISSION

TS22

0–U

N–2

3AUG88

TS17

7–U

N–1

1JAN89

CAUTION: Prevent asphyxiation. Engineexhaust fumes can cause sickness or death toyou or someone else.

If you must operate engine in a building, bepositive there is adequate ventilation. Either usean exhaust pipe extension to remove theexhaust fumes or open doors and/or windowsto bring enough outside air into the area.

Avoid possible injury or death from a runawaymachine. DO NOT start engine by shortingacross starter terminals. Machine will start ingear if normal circuitry is bypassed.

NEVER start engine while standing on ground.Start engine only from operator’s seat, withFNR lever in neutral and park brake engaged.

1. Sit in seat and fasten seat belt.

2. Sound horn.


25-2 120699

PN=72


CED,OUO1040,66 –19–13MAY98–2/2

T10

5361

–UN–2

2NOV96

T10

2144

–UN–1

7DEC96

A—Gear Shift LeverB—FNR LeverC—Park Brake SwitchD—Engine Speed Control Lever

NOTE: Controls and switches must be in the positionsdescribed, before starting engine.

3. Move gear shift (A) and FNR (B) levers to neutral.

4. Insure park brake switch (C) is on.

IMPORTANT: To avoid engine damage, never startengine with speed control at highspeed.

5. Move engine speed control lever (D) to 1/3 speed.

IMPORTANT: Do not operate starter more than 30seconds at a time or it may bedamaged. If engine does not start, waitat least two minutes before trying again.If engine does not start in fourattempts, refer to Troubleshootingchapter.

6. Turn key switch clockwise to turn engine until it starts.If engine does not start after 30 seconds, wait twominutes before trying again.

25-3 120699

PN=73


CED,OUO1040,67 –19–13MAY98–1/2

STARTING THE ENGINE—WITHPOWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION

TS22

0–U

N–2

3AUG88

TS17

7–U

N–1

1JAN89

A—FNR/Range LeverB—Park Brake SwitchC—Engine Speed Control Lever

CAUTION: Prevent asphyxiation. Engineexhaust fumes can cause sickness or death toyou or someone else.

If you must operate engine in a building, bepositive there is adequate ventilation. Either usean exhaust pipe extension to remove theexhaust fumes or open doors and/or windowsto bring enough outside air into the area.

Avoid possible injury or death from a runawaymachine. DO NOT start engine by shortingacross starter terminals. Machine will start ingear if normal circuitry is bypassed.

NEVER start engine while standing on ground.Start engine only from operator’s seat, withFNR lever in neutral and park brake engaged.

1. Sit in seat and fasten seat belt.

2. Sound horn.


25-4 120699

PN=74


CED,OUO1040,67 –19–13MAY98–2/2

T11

5364

–UN–1

5MAY98

T11

5365

–UN–1

5MAY98

3. Move FNR/range lever (A) to neutral.

4. Engage park brake switch (B) to on.

IMPORTANT: To avoid engine damage, never startengine with speed control at highspeed.

5. Move engine speed control lever (C) to 1/3 speed.

IMPORTANT: Do not operate starter more than 30seconds at a time or it may bedamaged. If engine does not start, waitat least two minutes before trying again.If engine does not start in fourattempts, refer to Troubleshootingchapter.

6. Turn key switch clockwise to turn engine until it starts.If engine does not start after 30 seconds, wait twominutes before trying again.

25-5 120699

PN=75


TX,25,BD2078 –19–07OCT96–1/2

STARTING FLUID—COLD WEATHERSTARTING AID

TS28

1–U

N–2

3AUG88

T10

2145

–UN–1

7DEC96

T10

2146

–UN–1

4AUG96

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromexploding container. Starting fluid is highlyflammable. Keep container away from heat,sparks, and open flame. Contents arepressurized. Do not puncture or incineratecontainer. Remove can from machine if enginedoes not need starting fluid.

CAUTION: Remove can from container andinstall container upside down to protect startingaid components from dust.

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to engine. Use startingaid when temperatures are below 0°C(32°F) and only when engine is COLD.

Using Starting Fluid

IMPORTANT: To avoid engine damage, push startingaid button only when engine is cold andcranking. Starting aid fluid is beinginjected into engine as long as youpush and release switch (A).

NOTE: If equipped with a high pressure KBI coldweather starting system, press and hold startingaid fluid button (A) to start engine.

NOTE: Crank engine for 30 seconds maximum, allowingtwo minutes between cranking periods.

While cranking engine, push starting aid switch (A).

Replacing Starting Aid Can

1. Turn container counterclockwise to remove.

2. Remove can (B) from container.

3. Remove safety cap and spray button from new canand install into container.

KBI is a registered trademark of Kold Band International LTD Company

25-6 120699

PN=76



TX,25,BD2078 –19–07OCT96–2/2

4. Install container clockwise into base.

25-7 120699

PN=77


TX,25,BD2079 –19–07OCT96–1/2

USING BOOSTER BATTERIES—12 VOLT SYSTEM

T65

08AE1

–UN–2

4OCT91

Single Battery Application

T67

13AI1

–UN–2

4OCT91

Two Battery Application

A—Machine Battery(s) B—Booster Battery(s)

Before boost starting, machine must be properly shutdown and secured to prevent unexpected machinemovement when engine starts.

CAUTION: An explosive gas is producedwhile batteries are in use or being charged.Keep flames or sparks away from the batteryarea. Make sure the batteries are charged ina well ventilated area.

Always remove grounded (—) battery clampfirst and replace it last.

IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system is a12-volt negative (—) ground. Useonly 12-volt booster batteries.

1. Connect one end of the positive cable to thepositive terminal of the machine batteries and theother end to the positive terminal of the boosterbatteries.

2. Connect one end of the negative cable to thenegative terminal of the booster batteries. Thenconnect other end of the negative cable to themachine frame as far away from the machinebatteries as possible.

3. Start engine.

25-8 120699

PN=78



TX,25,BD2079 –19–07OCT96–2/2

4. Immediately after starting engine, disconnect end ofthe negative cable from the machine frame anddisconnect the other end of the negative cable fromthe negative terminal of the booster batteries.

5. Disconnect positive cable from booster batteriesand machine batteries.

TX,25,BD2080 –19–07OCT96–1/1

USING COOLANT HEATER—IF EQUIPPED

CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injuryfrom an electrical shock. Use a heavy-duty,grounded cord to connect heater to electricalpower.

Plug coolant heater into a 115-volt outlet 10 hours beforeyou start the engine.

TX,25,BD2081 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CHECK INSTRUMENTS AFTER STARTING

T62

01BM

–19–

17JU

N91

IMPORTANT: If STOP-engine indicator light does notgo out within 10 seconds after startingengine, STOP THE ENGINE and correctthe problem before restarting.

NOTE: Cold oil may cause hydraulic oil filter indicator tocome on temporarily.

With park brake switch engaged and engine running,check gauges and instrument panel.

25-9 120699

PN=79


TX,25,BD2082 –19–07OCT96–1/1

WARM UP MACHINE

IMPORTANT: To insure proper lubrication, idle engineat 1/3 speed for five minutes. Extendperiod as necessary when operating attemperatures below freezing.

• Before moving machine, run at 1/3 speed for at least 30seconds.

IMPORTANT: To avoid carbon build-up in engine andto use fuel in most efficient manner, donot allow machine to idle at low rpm.

• Do not run engine at fast or slow idle.• Operate machine under light loads for first five minutes

once engine is warm.• Check instruments regularly.

25-10 120699

PN=80


TX,25,BG240 –19–29AUG97–1/1

COLD WEATHER WARM-UP

IMPORTANT: If hydraulic oil is cold, hydraulicfunctions move slowly. Do not attemptmachine operations until hydraulicfunctions move at close-to-normal cycletimes.

In extremely cold conditions, an extended warming upperiod will be necessary.

Avoid sudden operation of hydraulic functions until engineis thoroughly warmed up. Remove ice, snow, and mudfrom machine before operation.

1. Run engine at 1/2 speed for 15 minutes.

IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to bucket levelingtube due to cold oil, cycle bucket threetimes at hood height before using undernormal operation.

2. Raise loader lift arms to hood height. Cycle bucketfrom stop to stop three times.

3. Cycle all remaining hydraulic functions to distributewarmed oil until all functions operate freely.

TX,25,BD2084 –19–07OCT96–1/1

STALLED ENGINE

IMPORTANT: Engine damage may occur due tooverheating after stalling when workingunder load. Follow restart procedure tokeep coolant circulating throughengine.

RESTART WARM ENGINE: Immediately remove load andrestart engine. Run engine for 30 seconds at 1/3 idlebefore adding load and resuming work. See Stopping theEngine—Normal Shut Down in this chapter if machine isto be stopped after restarting stalled warm engine.

25-11 120699

PN=81


CED,OUO1040,68 –19–13MAY98–1/1

STOPPING THE ENGINE—NORMALSHUTDOWN WITH MANUAL TRANSMISSION

T10

5361

–UN–2

2NOV96

T10

2144

–UN–1

7DEC96


IMPORTANT: Before stopping engine that has beenoperating at working load, idle at 1/3speed for one to two minutes to coolhot parts. If engine stalls whileoperating under load, restartimmediately and idle at 1/3 speed forone to two minutes before stopping toallow coolant to continue circulatingthrough engine.

IMPORTANT: Turbocharger may be damaged ifengine is not properly shut down.


2. Lower all equipment to ground.

3. Move gear shifter (A) and FNR (B) levers to neutralposition.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. NEVER rely onFNR lever alone to keep machine from moving.Always engage park brake to hold machine.

4. Move park brake switch (C) to engaged position.

5. Run engine at 1/3 speed with no load for one to twominutes.

6. Move speed control lever (D) to slow idle position.

7. Turn key off to stop engine. Remove key.

8. Release hydraulic pressure by moving control lever(s)until equipment does not move.

25-12 120699

PN=82


CED,OUO1040,69 –19–13MAY98–1/1

STOPPING THE ENGINE—NORMALSHUTDOWN WITH POWERSHIFTTRANSMISSION

T11

5364

–UN–1

5MAY98

T11

5365

–UN–1

5MAY98

IMPORTANT: Before stopping engine that has beenoperating at working load, idle at 1/3speed for one to two minutes to coolthe engine. If engine stalls whileoperating under load, restartimmediately and idle at 1/3 speed forone to two minutes before stopping toallow coolant to continue circulatingthrough engine.



2. Lower all equipment to ground.

3. Move FNR/range lever (A) to neutral position.


4. Move park brake switch (B) to engaged position.

5. Run engine at 1/3 speed with no load for one to twominutes.

6. Move speed control lever (C) to slow idle position.

7. Turn key off to stop engine. Remove key.

8. Release hydraulic pressure by moving control lever(s)until equipment does not move.

25-13 120699

PN=83

Driving the Machine

TX,30,BD2086 –19–07OCT96–1/2

DRIVING ON PUBLIC ROADS—310SE

T10

5517

–UN–0

2DEC96

Know local laws and ordinances affecting driving onhighways. Make sure slow moving vehicle emblem,mirrors, lights and reflectors are in place andfunctioning properly.

Before driving:

CAUTION: Use a seat belt to minimizechance of injury from an accident such asan overturn.

1. Fasten seat belt.

2. Retract backhoe bucket and dipperstick. Installdipperstick locking pin.

3. Raise and center backhoe boom. Engage boomlock and swing lock pin.

4. Raise stabilizers.

5. Turn seat to face front of machine.

TX,30,BD2086 –19–07OCT96–2/2

T12

5540

B–U

N–0

1NOV99

6. Move pedal lock bar (1) to lock pedals together.

7. Raise loader bucket off ground and roll bucket back.

30-1 120699

PN=84

Driving the Machine

EX,30,BG74 –19–03DEC96–1/1

DRIVING ON PUBLIC ROADS—315SE

T10

5520

–UN–0

2DEC96

Know local laws and ordinances affecting driving onhighways. Make sure slow moving vehicle emblem,mirrors, lights and reflectors are in place andfunctioning properly.

Before driving:

CAUTION: Use a seat belt to minimizechance of injury from an accident such asan overturn.


2. Slide side shift backhoe to one end of frame.

3. Retract backhoe bucket and dipperstick.

4. Raise boom and swing 90° so that bucket is next toside shift frame.

5. Install swing lock pin and engage boom lock.



8. Connect left and right brake pedals together.

9. Raise loader bucket approximately 406 mm (16 in.)off ground and roll bucket back.

30-2 120699

PN=85

Driving the Machine

CED,OUO1040,88 –19–21OCT99–1/2

RIDE CONTROL OPERATION—IF EQUIPPED

T11

5935

–UN–1

8JUN98

A—Ride Control IndicatorB—Ride Control SwitchC—Locking TabD—Arrow

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected boom or bucket movement whenequipped with ride control. Ride controlaccumulator energy must be discharged whenworking on hydraulic components. Turn ignitionswitch to ON. Turn ride control switch to ONposition and move the loader control lever intothe float position.

Do not have the ride control switch ON whenstarting the machine; the machine may move ifthe ride control switch is ON and the machineis started.

Do not have ride control ON when operating theloader; the ride control system may causeunexpected movement.

Move ride control switch (A) to ON to improve machineride and reduce tire flexing when traveling over roughterrain at a high speed with loaded bucket or whiletransporting with an empty bucket. The ride controlsystem has an accumulator and valve in the loader circuit.

If engine is stopped with ride control switch in ONposition, ride control switch will remain in the ON positionand ride control will be on when the machine is restarted.

NOTE: With ride control on, the front end of the machinecannot be lifted off the ground with the loader andstay in the up position. The front end of themachine will drift back to the ground. To hold frontend up while using the backhoe, turn the ridecontrol switch to OFF.

If the machine is to be serviced for maintenance,discharge the oil pressure in the ride control system, asfollows:

1. Place loader bucket approximately 30 cm (1 ft) of theground.

2. Make sure area around bucket is clear and move ridecontrol switch to OFF position.

30-3 120699

PN=86


Driving the Machine

CED,OUO1040,88 –19–21OCT99–2/2

3. Turn key switch to ON without starting the engine andmove ride control switch to ON position.

4. Move loader control lever to float position. Bucketshould lower to ground.

5. If ride control accumulator has lost gas charge, seeChecking Ride Control Accumulator in Chapter 90 ofthis manual.

TX,30,BD2087 –19–07OCT96–1/1

KEEP RIDERS OFF MACHINE

TS29

0–U

N–2

3AUG88

CAUTION: Only allow the operator on machine.Keep riders off.

Riders on machine are subject to injury such asbeing struck by foreign objects and beingthrown off of the machine. Riders also obstructthe operator’s view resulting in the machinebeing operated in an unsafe manner.

30-4 120699

PN=87

Driving the Machine

CED,OUO1040,70 –19–13MAY98–1/2

DRIVING THE MACHINE—WITH MANUALTRANSMISSION

T10

2172

–UN–1

9SEP96

TS20

5–U

N–2

3AUG88

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Machine willmove in direction of pedal if only one isapplied. Connect brake pedals together beforetraveling at high speed.

1. Connect brake pedals (A) by engaging lock bar (B)between pedals. Keep lock bar engaged unless brakesare to be used to aid in turning.

CAUTION: Use a seat belt to minimize chanceof injury from an accident such as an overturn.



30-5 120699

PN=88

Driving the Machine

CED,OUO1040,70 –19–13MAY98–2/2

T10

2174

–UN–1

7DEC96

T10

5362

–UN–2

2NOV96

T10

2177

–UN–1

9SEP96

A—Speed Control LeverB—Park Brake SwitchC—FNR LeverD—Clutch Disconnect ButtonE—Gear ShifterF—Speed Control Pedal

3. Move engine speed control lever (A) to desired speedand start engine. (See Starting the Engine in Operatingthe Engine chapter.)

NOTE: Park brake indicator will light, alarm will sound,and STOP-engine indicator will come on if FNRlever is engaged while park brake is set. Turnpark brake off before engaging FNR lever.

If park brake is disengaged when machine isstopped, it automatically engages. If machine isstarted with switch in OFF position, turn switch on,then off before driving machine.

4. Turn park brake switch (B) to disengaged position.

5. Push clutch disconnect button (D) to remove enginepower from drive train and engage gear shifter (E) toappropriate gear for travel.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. NEVER rely onFNR lever alone to keep machine from moving.Always set park brake to hold machine.

6. Use FNR lever (C) to change direction of travel. FNRlever can be operated without using the clutchdisconnect.

• Reduce speed when changing direction of travel.• Move FNR lever (C) toward F to travel forward and

toward R to travel in reverse.• Move lever to neutral N, when machine is not

moving. FNR lever will drop to a detented positionwhen in the neutral N position.

7. Vary travel speed when driving using speed controlpedal (F).

30-6 120699

PN=89

Driving the Machine

CED,OUO1040,71 –19–13MAY98–1/4

DRIVING THE MACHINE—WITHPOWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION—IFEQUIPPED

T10

2172

–UN–1

9SEP96

TS20

5–U

N–2

3AUG88

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Machine willmove in direction of pedal if only one isapplied. Connect brake pedals together beforetraveling at high speed.

1. Connect brake pedals (A) by engaging lock bar (B)between pedals. Keep lock bar engaged unless brakesare to be used to aid in turning.

CAUTION: Use a seat belt to minimize chanceof injury from an accident such as an overturn.


CED,OUO1040,71 –19–13MAY98–2/4

T10

2174

–UN–1

7DEC96

3. Move engine speed control lever (A) to desired speedand start engine. (See Starting the Engine in Operatingthe Engine chapter.)

NOTE: Park brake indicator will light, alarm will sound,and STOP-engine indicator will come on ifFNR/range lever is engaged while park brake isset. Turn park brake off before engaging FNRlever.

If park brake is disengaged when machine isstopped, it automatically engages. If machine isstarted with switch in off position, turn switch on,then off before driving machine.

4. Turn park brake switch (B) to disengaged position.

30-7 120699

PN=90


Driving the Machine

CED,OUO1040,71 –19–13MAY98–3/4

T11

5390

–UN–1

5MAY98

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. NEVER rely onFNR/range lever alone to keep machine frommoving. Always set park brake to hold machine.

5. Use FNR/range lever (A) to change direction of travel.FNR/range lever can be operated without using theclutch disconnect.

• Reduce speed when changing direction of travel.• Move FNR/range lever (A) toward “F” to travel

forward and toward “R” to travel in reverse.• Move lever to neutral “N”, when machine is not

moving. FNR/range lever will drop to a detentedposition when in the neutral “N” position.

6. FNR/range lever also selects forward gear ranges 1, 2,3, and 4 and reverse ranges 1, 2, and 3. The fourthposition (4) in reverse provides the same speed rangeas the third position (3).

• Rotate handle on FNR/range lever (A) to select gearposition.

• Gear position is indicated by the pointer (B).

CED,OUO1040,71 –19–13MAY98–4/4

T10

2177

–UN–1

9SEP96

7. Vary travel speed when driving using speed controlpedal (F).

30-8 120699

PN=91

Driving the Machine

CED,OUO1040,72 –19–13MAY98–1/1

TRAVEL SPEED—310SE WITH MANUALTRANSMISSION

Travel speeds are as follows for machines using 19.5L x24 standard rear tires:

FORWARD GEARNo. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4

5.8 km/hr 9.5 km/hr 23.2 km/hr 39.3 km/hr3.6 mph 5.9 mph 14.4 mph 24.4 mph

REVERSE GEARNo. 1 No. 2 No. 3 No. 4


CED,OUO1040,72 –19–13MAY98–1/1

TRAVEL SPEED—310SE WITH POWERSHIFTTRANSMISSION

Travel speeds are as follows for machines using 19.5L x24 standard rear tires:





NOTE: Third and fourth gear speeds are the same in reverse.

30-9 120699

PN=92

Driving the Machine

CED,OUO1040,73 –19–13MAY98–1/1

TRAVEL SPEED—315SE WITH MANUALTRANSMISSION

Travel speeds are as follows for machines using 16.9 x 28standard rear tires:





CED,OUO1040,74 –19–13MAY98–1/1

TRAVEL SPEED—315SE WITH POWERSHIFTTRANSMISSION

Travel speeds are as follows for machines using 16.9 x 28standard rear tires:





NOTE: Third and fourth gear speeds are the same in reverse.

30-10 120699

PN=93

Driving the Machine

CED,OUO1040,116 –19–19MAY98–1/1

PARKING THE MACHINE—WITH MANUALTRANSMISSION

T10

5361

–UN–2

2NOV96

T10

2144

–UN–1

7DEC96



2. Lower front loader to ground.

3. Move gear shifter (A) and FNR lever (B) to neutralposition.

4. Engage park brake with switch (C).

IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to engine, run engineat 1/2 speed no load for 2 minutesbefore shutting down.

5. Set engine to 1/2 speed with lever (D) and idle for 2minutes.

6. Set engine at low idle.

NOTE: STOP-engine indicator and park brake indicatorwill stay on until engine has completely stopped.


8. Release hydraulic pressure by moving control leveruntil equipment does not move.

30-11 120699

PN=94

Driving the Machine

CED,OUO1040,117 –19–19MAY98–1/1

PARKING THE MACHINE—WITHPOWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION—IFEQUIPPED

T11

5364

–UN–1

5MAY98

T11

5365

–UN–1

5MAY98


2. Lower front loader to ground.

3. Move FNR/range lever (A) to neutral position.

4. Engage park brake with switch (B).

IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to engine, run engineat 1/2 speed no load for 2 minutesbefore shutting down.

5. Set engine to 1/2 speed with lever (C) and idle for 2minutes.

6. Set engine at low idle.

NOTE: STOP-engine indicator and park brake indicatorwill stay on until engine has completely stopped.


8. Release hydraulic pressure by moving control leveruntil equipment does not move.

30-12 120699

PN=95

Operating the Machine

TX,35,BD2091 –19–29NOV99–1/1

PREPARING TO OPERATE BACKHOE

T10

5527

–UN–0

3DEC96

310SE Shown

1. Back machine close to desired digging location andpark on flat ground.

2. Move FNR and gear shifter to neutral position andengage park brake.

3. Position loader bucket on ground and lower boomuntil front wheels rise off ground. (See OperatingFront Loader in this chapter.)

4. Turn seat to face backhoe. (See Seat Controls inOperator’s Station chapter.)

5. Lower stabilizers until rear tires are just off theground to level unit. (See Operating Stabilizers inthis chapter.)

6. Remove swing lock pin, place pin in storageposition and disengage backhoe boom lock.

7. Check backhoe levers for proper clearance. (SeeBackhoe Valve Linkage Adjustment in this chapter.)

35-1 120699

PN=96


CED,TX03768,2666 –19–29OCT99–1/1

BACKHOE VALVE LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT

T74

07AJ

–UN–3

0OCT90

B—Distance 140 mm (5.5 in.)

IMPORTANT: Levers must be adjusted correctly toassure clearance with seat and allowfull lever travel.

1. Put backhoe valve spools in neutral position

2. Place a piece of masking tape across inside surface ofrear ROPS posts at backhoe lever knob height.

3. Measure from edge of knobs to tape. Adjust distance(B) to 140 mm (5.5 in.).

4. Check distance between knobs. Center to centerdistance should be 260 mm (10.25 in.).

5. Check levers for full travel and proper operation.Linkage rods should not contact each other at anylever position.

35-2 120699

PN=97


TX,35,BD2092 –19–07OCT96–1/1

OPERATING STABILIZERS

T10

2201

–UN–2

4AUG96

T10

2200

–UN–2

4AUG96

310SE

T10

5531

–UN–0

3DEC96

315SE

A—Left Stabilizer UpB—Left Stabilizer DownC—Right Stabilizer UpD—Right Stabilizer Down

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Stabilizersmust be set on a firm surface. Do not dig understabilizers. Be alert to possible machinemovement when raising stabilizers and loaderbucket.

Before operating the backhoe, use stabilizers to lift andlevel the machine. Use the levers to move stabilizers fromraised position (A and C) to lowered position (B and D).

35-3 120699

PN=98


TX,35,BD2093 –19–07OCT96–1/1

OPERATING BOOM LOCK—310SE

T10

2050

–UN–1

4AUG96

T10

5250

–UN–1

8NOV96

IMPORTANT: To prevent possible machine damage,unlock boom before operating backhoe.

To unlock boom:

1. Raise boom against stops to release tension betweenhooks and locks (A).

2. Pull lever (B) toward operator to raise locks away fromboom hooks (unlocked position).

To lock boom:

1. Pull lever toward operator to raise locks.

2. Raise boom against stops.

3. Release lever to lower locks in hooks (locked position).

EX,35,BG76 –19–03DEC96–1/1

OPERATING BOOM LOCK—315SE

T10

5506

–UN–0

2DEC96

T10

5507

–UN–0

2DEC96

IMPORTANT: To prevent possible machine damage,unlock boom before operating backhoe.

To unlock boom:

1. Raise boom against stops to release tension betweenhooks and locks (A).

2. Depress foot switch (B) to raise locks away from boomhooks (unlocked position).

To lock boom:

1. Depress foot switch to raise locks and hold.

2. With locks raised, raise boom against stops.

3. Release foot switch to lower locks in hooks (lockedposition).

35-4 120699

PN=99


TX,35,BD2094 –19–07OCT96–1/1

OPERATING SWING LOCK

T10

5249

–UN–1

8NOV96

Storage Position—310SE Shown

T10

2208

–UN–1

4AUG96

310SE

T10

5663

–UN–1

1DEC96

315SE

IMPORTANT: To prevent possible machine damage,remove swing lock pin before operatingbackhoe.

NOTE: 315SE has three mounting holes for swing lockpin to allow boom to be locked in central positionor swung to the right or left.

Remove swing lock pin (A) from mounting hole (B) andplace in storage position in operator’s station.

35-5 120699

PN=100


TX,35,BG241 –19–29AUG97–1/1

OPERATING EXTENDIBLE DIPPERSTICKLOCK—IF EQUIPPED

T10

3811

–UN–1

7SEP96

T10

5279

–UN–1

9NOV96

CAUTION: To prevent serious injury, alwaysinstall locking pin from ground.

1. Lower backhoe to ground and turn engine off beforeremoving or installing locking pin.

2. Remove pin from lock hole (A) and place in storageholder (B). Retain with quick-lock pin (C).

TX,35,BG243 –19–08NOV99–1/1

OPERATING AUXILIARY FLOW CONTROLVALVE—IF EQUIPPED

T11

1183

–UN–2

1AUG97

Auxiliary hydraulic valve is equipped with three differentflow settings. Each setting is identified with a numbereddecal (A) on adjustment lever. To adjust flow:

1. Loosen set screw (B).

2. Turn lever so desired setting (A) is viewed from rear ofmachine.

• Turn lever to left for 18 gpm.• Center lever position gives 22 gpm.• Turn lever to right for 9 gpm.

3. Tighten set screw.

35-6 120699

PN=101


TX,35,BG277 –19–08JAN97–1/1

OPERATING BACKHOE—JOHN DEERE TWOLEVER CONTROLS

T12

5493

–UN–0

4NOV99

T12

5491

–UN–2

8OCT99A—Lower BoomB—Raise BoomC—Extend DipperstickD—Retract DipperstickE—Load BucketF—Dump BucketG—Boom Swing LeftH—Boom Swing Right

A conversion kit for changing John Deere two levercontrols to SAE two lever style is available from yourauthorized dealer. Labels corresponding to the fourlever controls must be installed.





Operate backhoe with control levers. Move levers asshown to maneuver backhoe components in desireddirections.

For faster cycle times, fully extend levers when movingand operate more than one component at a time.

35-7 120699

PN=102


CED,TX03768,2664 –19–22OCT99–1/1

OPERATING BACKHOE CONTROLS—SAEEXCAVATOR TWO LEVER STYLE

T12

6184

–UN–2

4NOV99

T12

5491

–UN–2

8OCT99

A—Lower BoomB—Raise BoomC—Extend DipperstickD—Retract DipperstickE—Load BucketF—Dump BucketG—Swing LeftH—Swing Right

A conversion kit for changing John Deere two levercontrols to SAE two lever style is available from yourauthorized dealer. Labels corresponding to the SAEtwo lever controls must be installed.







35-8 120699

PN=103


TX,35,BG279 –19–08JAN97–1/1

OPERATING BACKHOE CONTROLS—THREELEVER ( CASE STYLE)

T12

5492

–UN–2

8OCT99

T12

5491

–UN–2

8OCT99A—Lower BoomB—Raise BoomC—Extend DipperstickD—Retract DipperstickE—Load BucketF—Dump BucketG—Boom Swing LeftH—Boom Swing Right

A conversion kit for changing John Deere two levercontrols to three lever style is available from yourauthorized dealer. Labels corresponding to the threelever controls must be installed.







CASE is a trademark of Case Corp.

35-9 120699

PN=104


CED,TX03768,2665 –19–22OCT99–1/1

OPERATING BACKHOE CONTROLS—FOURLEVER ( FORD STYLE)

T62

28AB

–UN–1

7OCT88

T12

5490

–UN–2

8OCT99

T12

5487

–UN–2

8OCT99

A—Extend DipperstickB—Retract DipperstickC—Raise BoomD—Lower BoomE—Load BucketF—Dump BucketG—Swing RightH—Swing Left

A conversion kit for changing John Deere two levercontrols to four lever style is available from yourauthorized dealer. Labels corresponding to the fourlever controls must be installed.







FORD is a trademark of Ford Motor Company

35-10 120699

PN=105


EX,35,BG80 –19–04DEC96–1/1

SHIFTING BACKHOE WITH BUCKET—315SE

T10

5537

–UN–0

3DEC96

T10

5534

–UN–1

1DEC96

T10

5538

–UN–0

3DEC96

1. Lower stabilizers.

2. Swing boom in opposite direction of shift.

3. Lower bucket to ground so teeth hold firmly.

4. Depress sliding frame lock switch (A) to unlock.

5. Using boom and dipperstick levers, push backhoe indesired direction.

6. Release sliding frame lock switch. Fully extend one ofthe backhoe levers and hold momentarily to ensurethat backhoe is locked into place.

35-11 120699

PN=106


TX,35,BD2097 –19–07OCT96–1/1

OPERATING EXTENDIBLE DIPPERSTICK—IFEQUIPPED

T10

5287

–UN–1

9NOV96

Two Lever

T10

2223

–UN–2

4AUG96

Dipperstick

Push top (A) of pedal to extend dipperstick.

Push bottom (B) of pedal to retract dipperstick.

TX,35,BD2098 –19–07OCT96–1/1

BACKHOE TRANSPORT/STORAGEPOSITION

1. Curl bucket, retract dipperstick and center boom.

2. Engage boom lock and install swing lock pin.



5. Roll back loader bucket until bottom is parallel toground.

35-12 120699

PN=107


TX,35,BD2099 –19–07OCT96–1/1

OPERATING FRONT LOADER

T10

2230

–UN–2

4AUG96

T10

2232

–UN–1

4AUG96

A—Lower BoomB—Raise BoomC—Roll Back BucketD—Dump Bucket

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Operate loaderfacing forward in the operator’s seat only.

NOTE: Control lever will return to neutral if releasedduring normal loader operation.

Push lever in following directions for corresponding loadermovements:

NOTE: Moving lever completely forward (A) will placeloader in float position. Lever will stay in floatposition until it is manually moved .

• A—Lever Forward: Lower Boom• B—Lever Rearward: Raise Boom

NOTE: Moving lever completely to the left (rollback) willhold it in position until bucket is level. Oncebucket is level, lever will return to neutral.

• C—Lever Left: Roll Back Bucket• D—Lever Right: Dump Bucket

For faster cycle times, fully extend lever in desireddirection, run engine at fast idle and move boom andbucket at same time.

35-13 120699

PN=108


EX,35,BG60 –19–06MAY98–1/3

ADJUSTING LOADER BUCKETSELF-LEVELING LINKAGE INDICATOR ANDRETURN-TO-DIG SWITCH

T10

5234

–UN–1

3DEC96

1. Position bucket flat on ground and turn engine off.

2. Remove linkage cover (A) and reinstall cap screw.

3. Hold bucket lever in rollback position.

EX,35,BG60 –19–06MAY98–2/3

T10

2233

–UN–2

6JUL9

6A—1 mm (0.04 in.) gapB—Guard/StopC—Bell Crank—Neutral PositionD—Rod Jam Nut and YokeE—152 mm (6 in.) gapF—Bell Crank PinG—Actuator TangH—Sensor Tube Jam Nut and YokeI—Bucket DumpJ—Bucket Rollback

4. Measure gap (A) between guard/stop (B) and bell crank(C).

Between Guard/Stop and Bell Crank—Specification

Gap 1 mm (0.04 in.)....................................................................................

5. If gap is not to specification, adjust rod jam nut andyoke (D) to obtain correct gap. Allow bucket lever toreturn to neutral position.

6. Measure gap (E) between top of bell crank pin (F) andbottom of actuator tang (G).

Between Top of Bell Crank Pin and Bottom of Actuator Tang—Specification

Gap 152 mm (6 in.).....................................................................................

7. If gap is not to specification, adjust sensor and yoke (H)to correct.

35-14 120699

PN=109



EX,35,BG60 –19–06MAY98–3/3

T87

154

–UN–0

9NOV88

8. Loosen cap screw (A) and move return to dig switch soroller (B) is touching area (C) on cam.

9. Tighten cap screw without moving switch.

10. While watching clearance between cam and switch,turn bucket level pointer back and forth to be sure camdoes not hit switch bracket.

NOTE: Be sure that switch arm and roller do not bottomon switch housing.

11. If arm touches bracket or switch arm, and rollerbottoms on switch housing, reposition switch. Repeatsteps 8—12 for adjustment.

12. When adjusted correctly, bucket position will beapproximately level or slightly forward with ground. Installcover when adjusted correctly.

35-15 120699

PN=110


TX,35,BD2101 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CHANGING LOADER BUCKETS

T10

3832

–UN–1

7SEP96

A—PinB—Pivot Links (2 used)C—Cross TubeD—PinE—CylinderF—Pins (2 used)

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from fallinghardware. Bucket cylinder and links will fallforward if bucket is in dig position when pinsare removed. Remove pins only when bucket ison ground in full dump position.

1. Place bucket in dump position on floor.

2. Remove pin (A) and pivot links (B) to rear againstcross tube (C).

3. Remove pin (D) and carefully lay cylinder (E) on crosstube.

CAUTION: Bucket is heavy and can cause injuryif not moved properly. Use adequate liftingdevice to move bucket.

4. Remove pins (F) and bucket.

5. Position new bucket in dump position where previouslyremoved bucket was. Install pins (F).

6. Connect bucket links and cylinder using previouslyremoved pins (A and D) and retaining hardware.

35-16 120699

PN=111


TX,35,BD2102 –19–07OCT96–1/1

OPERATING DIFFERENTIAL LOCK

T10

2308

–UN–0

6SEP96

CAUTION: To prevent injury from loss ofmachine control, DO NOT engage differentiallock when driving at high speed or steering willbe limited.

To prevent injury from unexpected movement,DO NOT engage lock with machine stopped andonly one wheel spinning.

Press down on foot switch (A) to lock differential. Whendifferential is locked, both rear wheels turn at the samespeed.

Unequal traction will keep differential locked. Whentraction evens out, differential lock disengagesautomatically if switch is released. If traction is constant,hold switch down to keep lock engaged.

35-17 120699

PN=112


TX,35,BD2103 –19–07OCT96–1/1

OPERATING MECHANICAL FRONT WHEELDRIVE (MFWD)—IF EQUIPPED

T10

5240

–UN–1

7DEC96

Optional Gauge Package Shown

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible gear damage. MFWDcan be engaged and disengaged whiledriving, except in cases of unequaltraction. Machine must be stoppedbefore engaging MFWD during unequaltraction.

NOTE: For best performance, fuel economy, and tirewear, operate MFWD only when needed.

To achieve best MFWD performance, be surefront tires are inflated to proper air pressure. (SeeTire Pressures in Maintenance—As Requiredchapter.)

NOTE: It may take several seconds for the MFWD toengage or disengage depending on themechanical gearing of the MFWD assembly.

Push down switch (B) to engage MFWD. Indicator light(A) will remain on while MFWD is engaged.

35-18 120699

PN=113


TX,35,BD2104 –19–07OCT96–1/1

REVERSE STABILIZER FEET—310SE

T82

14AO

–UN–2

7APR94

Use rubber pad side (A) of stabilizer foot when operatingon paved surface to prevent damaging work area.

Use cleat side (B) of stabilizer foot when operating in dirtto prevent slipping.

To change foot surface, remove pin (C), rotate foot 180°to opposite surface, and install pin to keep foot fromturning back around.

TX,35,BD2105 –19–07OCT96–1/1

ADD FRONT COUNTERWEIGHTS

T10

5666

–UN–1

1DEC96

CAUTION: Counterweights are heavy and cancause serious injury if dropped. Be surecounter weights are properly supported with aforklift or other adequate lifting device beforeremoving.

1. Support counterweights before adding or removingweights. Use a forklift by inserting tines in slots (A).

2. Install front counterweights for added stability asnecessary. Remove cap screws (B) to remove existingweights and to retain new weights to machine.

35-19 120699

PN=114


TX,35,BD2106 –19–07OCT96–1/1

ADD LIQUID BALLAST TO FRONT TIRES

NOTE: See Maintenance—As Required chapter for tirepressure.

Weights given are for tires 75 percent full of liquid.

Water Only Water/CaCl2 Solution *

Weight of SolutionTire Size Water Volume Water Weight Water Volume Water Weight Per Tire

11 L x 15 53 L 53 kg 45 L 19 kg 64 kg

(14 gal) (117 lb) (12 gal) (42 lb) (142 lb)

11 L x 16 12 PR F3 57 L 57 kg 49 L 21 kg 70 kg

(15 gal) (126 lb) (13 gal) (46 lb) (155 lb)

*Approximately 1.6 kg (3.5 lb) CaCl2 per gallon of water will stay slush free to -24°C (-12°F) and will freeze solid at -47°C (-52°F).

35-20 120699

PN=115


TX,35,BD2107 –19–07OCT96–1/1

OPERATING TIPS

Reducing speed when driving over rough terrain, carryinga heavy load, or working in a congested area will increaseyour ability to control the machine. Avoid rough terrain,rocks, curbs, and ditches whenever possible.

When backhoe is not being used, backhoe boom must belocked in full raised position. Curl backhoe bucket andretract dipperstick.

While driving, carry loader bucket low for good visibilityand machine stability.

Before starting work, walk the site to uncover hazards.

Keep site clean and level to maximize machine stability.

Do not knock down stakes or grade markers to avoidre-work due to losing sight guides.

Use proper equipment to best suit terrain and debris beingworked with.

Loose, fragmented material will dump quickly from thebucket. To break up material as it enters bucket and avoidsticking, excavate in thin layers.

If cleaning bucket by rapping against stops, use MINIMUMamount of force to avoid cylinder damage. If rappingbucket lightly does not work, clean bucket out by hand.Do not attempt to clean bucket out by striking against theground or another object.

35-21 120699

PN=116


TX,35,BG244 –19–29AUG97–1/1

WORK AT PROPER ANGLES

T10

4818

–UN–0

6DEC96

T10

4819

–UN–0

6DEC96

Work perpendicular or at an angle to stockpile to preventhighest part of pile from collapsing onto machine. Usebackhoe bucket to remove material that may fall ontomachine.

Work perpendicular or at an angle to excavation toprevent cave-ins. Do not operate near the edge of anexcavation or trench.

Use backhoe bucket to fill areas where cave-ins occur.

TX,35,BD2109 –19–07OCT96–1/1

OPERATING ON A SLOPE

T10

4820

–UN–0

6DEC96

T10

4821

–UN–0

6DEC96

CAUTION: To avoid injury from machinerollover, DO NOT turn while operating onslopes.

Driving straight up or down slope with loader and backhoebucket near ground and dipperstick retracted:

With front bucket loaded:

• Level or slightly retract bucket when driving up slope.• Fully retract bucket when driving down slope.

With front bucket unloaded:

• Level bucket when driving up slope keeping bucketraised high enough to prevent digging into ground.

• Point bucket down slope and drive slow when travelingdown slope.

35-22 120699

PN=117


TX,35,BG245 –19–29AUG97–1/1

POSITIONING SPOIL PILES

T10

4822

–UN–0

6DEC96

To prevent cave-ins, place spoil pile at least 1 m (3 ft)away from edge of excavation. Deeper excavationsrequire larger area for spoil pile due to increased pile size.Place spoil piles in convenient locations for easier truckloading or backfilling.

On slopes, place piles on the upper side for improvedmachine stability and easier backfilling.

TX,35,BG246 –19–29AUG97–1/1

LEVELING MACHINE

T10

4823

–UN–0

6DEC96

T10

4824

–UN–0

6DEC96

Operate machine on firm, level ground when operatingbackhoe.

1. Level work area as necessary.

IMPORTANT: To avoid injury from tipping orunexpected machine movement do notdig under stabilizers.

NOTE: When stabilizers are lowered to level machine,they may not be extended the same length due tovariations in ground.

2. Lower stabilizers to level machine and provideside-to-side stability. Take load off rear tires withminimum clearance between tires and ground.

3. With front bucket in dig position, lower until weight ofmachine is off front tires. Add material in bucket foradditional counterweight.

Position loader bucket in fully dumped position whenground surface is icy, wet, or rocky.

35-23 120699

PN=118


TX,35,BG247 –19–29AUG97–1/1

MOVING WITH BACKHOE

T10

4825

–UN–0

6DEC96

Use one of the following procedures to move machineforward and continue digging in the same excavation.

DRIVE FORWARD

Place backhoe in transport position, turn seat to facefront, and drive machine forward.

BACKHOE

NOTE: Moving the machine with backhoe isrecommended for experienced operators.

• Swing backhoe to center position and check area infront of machine for bystanders.

• Move gear shift and FNR levers to neutral.• Release park brake.• Raise loader bucket.• Raise stabilizers so tires are on ground supporting rear

of machine.• Retract backhoe boom and dipperstick and place bucket

teeth firmly in the ground.• Slowly extend dipperstick and lower boom to move

machine forward.• When machine is in desired position, lower stabilizers

and loader bucket to level machine, engage park brakeand continue digging.

35-24 120699

PN=119


TX,35,BG248 –19–29AUG97–1/1

USING BACKHOE BUCKET

T10

4826

–UN–0

8JAN97

Crowd Digging

T10

4827

–UN–0

6DEC96

Bucket Digging

Use type of digging which is best suited for your specificjob.

Crowd Digging:

For most general excavating, leveling material, anddigging trenches. Crowd digging utilizes the crowdcylinder (A) for majority of movement.

1. Position dipperstick in vertical position and then moveaway from machine approximately 0.61 m (2 ft).

2. Retract dipperstick and curl bucket simultaneously tomake first cut. First cut should be approximately 1.2 m(4 ft) long and 75—100 mm (3—4 in.) deep.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for remaining cuts and increasedepth to 100—150 mm (4—6 in.) deep.

Bucket Digging:

For power digging or working in a small area. Use bucketcylinder (B) for digging.

1. Lower extended bucket to digging area and lowerboom to force bucket into ground.

2. While retracting the dipperstick, curl (retract) bucketuntil it is full.

If bucket stalls, raise the boom slightly and continue tocurl bucket.

If dipperstick stalls, roll back bucket to break out.

35-25 120699

PN=120


TX,35,BD1950 –19–20SEP96–1/1

USING A SIGHT GAUGE FOR TRENCHING

T10

2503

–UN–1

0SEP96

Drive two stakes in ground, 9 m (30 ft) (A) apart, in linewith desired trench location. Use stakes as a sight gauge.Use of a sight gauge is recommended especially ifmachine is moved off course often.

TX,35,BG249 –19–29AUG97–1/1

TRENCHING

T72

08AL

–UN–3

0JAN90

T10

4828

–UN–0

6DEC96

Trenching on Slope

T10

4829

–UN–0

6DEC96

Fixing Cave-In

Trenches should be dug in a “V” to prevent cave-ins. (SeePositioning Spoil Piles in this chapter for spoil dumpinginformation.)

If cave-in occurs and cannot be reached from currentposition, DO NOT back over trench. Drive the machine toside at cave-in, and park at a 90° angle.

35-26 120699

PN=121


TX,35,BD2115 –19–07OCT96–1/1

OPERATING EXTENDIBLE DIPPERSTICKWITH ATTACHMENTS

T10

3835

–UN–1

1OCT96

When using attachments, it is recommended to retractextendible dipperstick and lock in place. Operatinghydraulic hammers, compactors, etc., with dipperstickextended may cause abnormal wear and stress ondipperstick components and ultimately shorten their life.

TX,35,BG250 –19–29AUG97–1/1

USING LOADER BUCKET

T10

4830

–UN–0

6DEC96

T10

4831

–UN–0

6DEC96

NOTE: Bucket and boom can be positioned whilemachine is on-the-go.

1. Place bucket in dig position on ground.

2. Move gear shift lever to appropriate gear to dig. Firstor second gear is recommended.

3. Move forward into the material.

4. Raise and curl bucket to hold load.

35-27 120699

PN=122


TX,35,BD1951 –19–20SEP96–1/1

EXCAVATING WITH FRONT BUCKET

T72

08AR

–UN–3

0JAN90

NOTE: Buckets with teeth are recommended forexcavating.

Position bucket at a slightly downward angle on groundand drive forward to scoop ground and curl bucket at endof excavating area.

If digging in tightly packed, hard or dense ground, use agentle up-and-down motion to break up ground.

TX,35,BG251 –19–29AUG97–1/1

DOZING AND PLOWING

T10

4832

–UN–0

6DEC96

DOZING: With bucket parallel to ground, remove as littledirt as possible from top surface. Let dirt spill frompartially dumped bucket to fill in low spots.

PLOWING: Place boom in float position and bucket in digposition to prevent gouging surface (e.g.—cleaningconcrete and snow removal). Also use float position toavoid mixing surface and stockpile material.

35-28 120699

PN=123


TX,35,BG252 –19–29AUG97–1/1

EXCAVATING BANKS OR STOCKPILES

T10

4833

–UN–0

6DEC96

Remove Overhang

T10

4834

–UN–0

6DEC96

Hard Material Start Point

T72

08AV

–UN–3

0JAN90

Normal Excavating Position

CAUTION: To prevent possible injury fromfalling material, remove overhangs from top ofbank or stockpile before starting excavation.

Remove overhang with backhoe or loader before startingto dig at the base of a bank or stockpile.

Using backhoe or loader, reduce required breakout forcerequired when digging into hard, dense, or tightly-packedmaterial by working from top of bank or stockpile tobottom.

Under normal conditions, start to excavate bank orstockpile from bottom, working up the side. Work face ofbank or stockpile evenly to prevent outcroppings andoverhangs.

Excavate bank or stockpile with machine at a 90° angle todigging surface.

1. Position bucket on the ground in dig position.

NOTE: Use differential lock as necessary.

2. Place gear shift lever in first or second gear dependingon ground conditions.

3. Move forward into the bank or stockpile.

4. Raise and curl bucket as it fills.

TX,35,BG253 –19–29AUG97–1/1

BACKDRAGGING

T10

4835

–UN–0

6DEC96

Leveling and grading can be done by backdragging withfront loader bucket in reverse. Place front loader boom infloat position when backdragging so bucket will followcontour of ground.

35-29 120699

PN=124


TX,35,BG254 –19–29AUG97–1/2

BACKFILLING

T10

4836

–UN–0

6DEC96

CAUTION: To avoid injury due to an overturnwhen backfilling, DO NOT position machine atan angle to excavation. To ensure best possibletraction and stability, approach excavationstraight on.

IMPORTANT: To prevent machine damage, DO NOTuse loader bucket in dump position orside of bucket to backfill.

Use bucket side or loader in dumpposition only if finish grading with frontboom in float position.

Backfilling Next To a Building:

NOTE: If operating in an area with limited work space,use backhoe bucket instead of loader for easiermaneuvering.

Extra dirt can be backfilled around foundations toallow for settling.

When backfilling next to a building, push load as close aspossible with loader bucket, then backdrag to pull excessmaterial away.

Backfilling An Excavation:

As an excavation is filled nearly to grade, begin tocompact material by slowly moving front wheels onto fillmaterial while gradually emptying loader bucket. Frontwheels will compact loose soil which will support machineas it moves further onto filled area.


35-30 120699

PN=125


TX,35,BG254 –19–29AUG97–2/2

T10

4836

–UN–0

6DEC96

NOTE: To level surface and fill tracks as grade isreached, backdrag when backing out over filledarea. (See Backdragging in this chapter forbackdragging procedure.)

Backfilling Large Areas:

To bring a large area up to grade, while being able todrive in, spread material in thin layers over entire area.Operate at nearly full engine speed while in first gear anddump material on-the-go. Reverse direction just prior toemptying bucket. Tractor will compact fill material as itmoves back and forth.

35-31 120699

PN=126


TX,35,BG256 –19–29AUG97–1/1

TRUCK LOADING

T10

4837

–UN–0

6DEC96

“V” Path

T10

4838

–UN–0

6DEC96

Level and smooth loading area before loading trucks toincrease machine stability.

Retract and lock backhoe and dipperstick. Install swinglock pin.

Be sure working area is clear of all persons, includingtruck driver, before loading truck.

Park truck close to stockpile to reduce backhoe traveltime.

If possible, load truck on driver’s side for easycommunication with driver.

If possible, park truck so wind will be at your back to keepdust of the dumped load out of your eyes and away fromengine air cleaner.

Follow a "V" path between truck and stockpile.

Raise loader while moving toward truck and lower whilemoving away from truck to save time.

Load truck box from center front to center rear.

Dump load into truck at a steady pace (rather thanabruptly) to minimize stress on truck.

If loading large rock, first place a load of smaller rock intotruck to cushion impact of large.

If loading with backhoe bucket, do not swing bucket overtruck cab.

35-32 120699

PN=127


TX,35,BD2121 –19–07OCT96–1/3

BENCHING

T72

08BA

–UN–3

0JAN90

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from acollapsing soil bank. DO NOT undercut soilbank with bucket.

NOTE: Start benching on a level surface. If necessary,use backhoe bucket to create a level starting pointto bench.

1. With bucket positioned at a slightly downward angle,move gear shift to first gear, lower bucket into groundand drive forward.

2. Create a windrow of spoil material to build the bench.

TX,35,BD2121 –19–07OCT96–2/3

T72

08BB

–UN–3

0JAN90

T72

08BC

–UN–3

0JAN90

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from rollover.DO NOT drop leading front tire past windrowedge. DO NOT work parallel to road edge tocompact spoil.

NOTE: Keep material in bucket while moving forward tofill low spots on bench.

3. Push windrow at 45—90° angle to road edge to extendbench.

4. Compact windrow spoil with leading front tire ONLY.


35-33 120699

PN=128


TX,35,BD2121 –19–07OCT96–3/3

T72

08BD

–UN–3

0JAN90

5. Make a final grading pass to straighten uphill bank andlevel bench.

35-34 120699

PN=129


TX,35,BG257 –19–29AUG97–1/1

LIFTING

T10

5290

–UN–1

7DEC96

T10

5289

–UN–2

0NOV96

CAUTION: Never move the load suddenly. Nevermove load over person’s head. Do not allowany persons near the load. Keep all personsaway from raised load until blocks aresupporting it or load is sitting on the ground.

Make sure chain/sling is in good condition andis rated for load you are lifting.

1. For maximum lifting capability, attach chain/sling tobuckets at positions shown. Refer to Specificationschapter for capacities of backhoe.

2. Attach a hand line to load for stability. Use longenough line to ensure that person holding it is a safedistance from load.

3. Before lifting, perform following test of load stability:

NOTE: If using backhoe to lift, raise rear tires off ground50 mm (2 in.) and be sure machine is level. Ifground is soft, place boards or other wide supportunder stabilizer feet to increase stability.

a. Park machine close to load.

b. Attach load to chain/sling.

c. Raise load 50 mm (2 in.) above ground.

d. If using backhoe, swing load all the way to oneside.

e. While keeping load close to the ground, extend itaway from machine.

If there is any indication of reduced stability of yourmachine, lower load to the ground and make necessaryadjustments so machine can successfully perform test. Donot lift load until machine can perform test at acceptablelevel.

35-35 120699

PN=130


TX,35,BG258 –19–29AUG97–1/2

UNIVERSAL BUCKET COUPLERS ANDBUCKET OPTIONS

T11

1029

–UN–0

6AUG97

NOTE: In addition to the Universal coupler shown here,other couplers are available through yourauthorized dealer for a specific machinemanufacturer; such as Case, and Ford NewHolland.

The 310SE has the same pin size as the 410E, allowing410E bucket to be used on the 310SE. This provides 190°bucket rotation without changing bucket pin location (pinsizes are 2.15 in. for the bucket to dipperstick and 1.96 infor the bucket linkage to bucket). Bucket must be installedin truck load position to prevent rod from hitting greasefitting on top of dipperstick.

A universal coupler is available to adapt a 310SE backhoefor use with existing Deere types of buckets. To usecoupler (A), slide front bucket pin into pin groove (B) ofcoupler and attach back bucket pin through appropriatesize hole (C) in coupler, with coupler installed, thefollowing buckets may be used:

• 310SE and 410E Buckets• 300D—510D Buckets• 210C—610C Buckets• Case C, D, K and L Series Buckets• Caterpillar B-Series Buckets


35-36 120699

PN=131


TX,35,BG258 –19–29AUG97–2/2

T11

5740

–UN–1

0JUN98

A—CaterpillarB—Deere C- and D-Series and CaseC—Deere E-Series, 410E

NOTE: The E-series and C- and D-series John Deerebuckets have different rear pin positions in thecoupler.

310E buckets do not fit on this coupler.

To attach the coupler to a bucket, engage the hook on thecoupler with the front bucket pin. After the front pin is inthe hook, roll the bucket to the correct rear pin position.The coupler has three rear pin holes to attach differentbuckets.

35-37 120699

PN=132

Transporting

TX,40,BD2123 –19–06DEC99–1/2

LOADING AND UNLOADING MACHINE ON ATRAILER

T87

155

–UN–0

9NOV88

1. Keep trailer bed clean. Place chocks (A) against trailerwheels.

2. Use a ramp or loading dock. Ramps must be strongenough, have a low angle, and correct height. Loadand unload machine on a level surface.

3. Fasten seat belt before starting engine. Allow engine torun for several minutes.

4. Place backhoe swing lock and extendible dipperstick (ifequipped) in locked position.

5. Drive the machine up ramps slowly with centerline ofmachine over centerline of trailer. (See Driving theMachine chapter for driving instructions.)

6. Lower loader bucket onto blocks or trailer bed.

7. Lower backhoe bucket to trailer bed.

8. Move FNR lever to neutral position.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. NEVER rely onFNR to keep machine from moving. Machinecan unexpectedly roll or move under power,resulting in death or serious injury. Alwaysengage park brake to hold machine.

9. Engage park brake switch.


10. Run engine at 1/2 speed without load for two minutes.

11. Move speed control lever to slow idle position andstop engine.


13. Move hydraulic control levers to release hydraulicpressure.

40-1 120699

PN=133


Transporting

TX,40,BD2123 –19–06DEC99–2/2

T10

5539

–UN–0

3DEC96

T10

6205

–UN–0

8JAN97

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible hydraulic systemdamage. Fasten chains or cables tomachine at proper locations.

14. Fasten chains or cables to machine frame at locations(A). DO NOT place chains or cables over or againsthydraulic lines or hoses.

15. Fasten backhoe bucket with chains or cables to trailerto prevent movement during transport.

16. Cover engine exhaust pipe opening with tape to keepdust and rain out of pipe.

UNLOADING THE MACHINE FROM THE TRAILER

1. Park the trailer on a level surface.

2. Place chocks against all trailer wheels.

3. Clean the trailer bed. Remove chains from the trailerbed. Uncover engine exhaust pipe.

4. Use long ramps to unload the machine.

5. Lock the brake pedals together with the pedal lockdevice.

6. Fasten seat belt and face the front of the machine.

7. Start the machine and run the engine at low idle forseveral minutes.

8. Raise the front bucket approximately 1 ft. and lowerthe backhoe near the ground position and lock theboom and the swing frame.

9. Release the park brake.

10. Shift to 1st. gear and drive slowly off the trailer.

40-2 120699

PN=134

Transporting

TX,40,BD2124 –19–07OCT96–1/2

TOWING

T10

5300

–UN–0

2DEC96

Access Plate Removed

IMPORTANT: Engine cannot be started by towing.Damage to transmission may result. DONOT tow machine faster than 10 km/h(6.21 mph) or any longer than 1 hour.

Towing IS NOT recommended. If you MUST tow machine,use the following procedure:

1. Turn engine off.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury or death fromunexpected machine movement. Block wheelsto prevent machine movement beforedisengaging park brake.

2. Block tires

3. If your machine is equipped with mechanical frontwheel drive (MFWD), remove the front axle drive shaft.

4. Move FNR and gear shift levers to neutral.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury or death fromunexpected machine movement. Only releasethe park brake through the access hole in floorof operator’s station

5. Remove access plate in floor of operator’s station.


40-3 120699

PN=135

Transporting

TX,40,BD2124 –19–07OCT96–2/2

T10

2654

–UN–1

7DEC96

T10

2655

–UN–1

0SEP96

IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to park brakeassembly from heat build-up, brakemust be manually disengaged.

6. Release park brake for tow by turning cap screws (A)completely in. Loosen hex nuts (B) to adjust park brakescrews (A).

7. Remove blocks from tires.

8. When towing is completed, enable park brake to holdmachine by turning both cap screws out tospecification (C) as illustrated.

Cap Screw—Specification

Position from Housing 27 + 1 mm (1.06 + 0.04 in.)...................................

Lock cap screws with hex nuts (B).

9. Close access plate when complete.

40-4 120699

PN=136

Fuels and Lubricants

TX,45,BG259 –19–29AUG97–1/1

DIESEL FUEL

Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of thediesel fuel available in your area.

In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the lowtemperature requirements of the geographical area inwhich they are marketed. Recommended standardgrades are:

• Use Grade No. 1-D fuel at temperatures from -30 to+30°C (-22 to +86°F).

• Use Grade No. 2-D fuel at temperatures from -10 to+50°C (+14 to +122°F).

Diesel fuels meeting Military Specification VV-F-800Eare preferred.

If diesel fuel specified to ASTM D975 is used, the fuelmust meet the following properties:

• Cetane Number 40 minimum. Cetane numbergreater than 50 is preferred, especially fortemperatures below -20°C (-4°F) or elevations above1500 m (5000 ft).

• Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) below theexpected low temperature OR Cloud Point at least5°C (9°F) below the expected low temperature

• Sulfur content:• Sulfur content should not exceed 0.5%. Sulfur

content less than 0.05% is preferred.• If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5%

is used, reduce the service interval for engine oiland filter by 50%.

• DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greaterthan 1.0%.

• Lubricity:• Fuel lubricity must pass the BOCLE scuffing test

at 3300 gram minimum load level.• If fuel of low or unknown lubricity is used, add

John Deere Premium Diesel Fuel Conditioner atspecified concentration.

Bio-diesel fuels with these properties and meeting anappropriate specification may be used as analternative to petroleum-based diesel fuel.

Arctic fuels (such as Military Specification VV-F-800E,Grade DF-A) may be used at temperatures below-30°C (-22°F).

CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. Do not fillthe fuel tank when engine is running. DONOT smoke while you fill the fuel tank orservice the fuel system.

45-1 120699

PN=137


TX,45,BG348 –19–01OCT97–1/1

LOW SULFUR DIESEL FUEL CONDITIONER

When possible, use existing fuel formulations for enginesused off-highway. This fuel will not require any additivesto provide good performance and engine reliability.However, many local fuel distributors will not carry bothlow and regular sulfur diesel fuels.

If the local fuel distributor will supply only low sulfur fuel,order and use John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUELCONDITIONER. It provides lubricating properties alongwith other useful benefits, such as cetane improver,anti-oxidant, fuel stabilizer, corrosion inhibitor and others.John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUEL CONDITIONER isspecifically for use with low sulfur fuels. Nearly all otherdiesel fuel conditioners only improve cold weather flowand stabilizer long-term fuel storage. They do not containthe lubrication additives needed by rotary fuel injectionpumps.

45-2 120699

PN=138


TX,45,BG313 –19–29SEP97–1/1

DIESEL FUEL STORAGE

Proper fuel storage is critically important. Use cleanstorage and transfer tanks. Periodically drain water andsediment from bottom of tank. Store fuel in a convenientplace away from buildings.

IMPORTANT: DO NOT store diesel fuel in galvanizedcontainers. Diesel fuel stored ingalvanized containers reacts with zinccoating on container to form zincflakes. If fuel contains water, a zinc gelwill also form. The gel and flakes willquickly plug fuel filters, damageinjection nozzles and injection pump.

DO NOT use brass-coated containersfor fuel storage. Brass is an alloy ofcopper and zinc.

Store diesel fuel in plastic, aluminum, and steel containersspecially coated for diesel fuel storage.

Avoid storing fuel over long periods of time. If fuel isstored for more than a month prior to use, or there is aslow turnover in fuel tank or supply tank, add a fuelconditioner such as John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUELCONDITIONER or equivalent to stabilize the fuel andprevent water condensation. John Deere PREMIUMDIESEL FUEL CONDITIONER is available in winter andsummer formulas. Fuel conditioner also reduces fuelgelling and controls wax separation during cold weather.

Consult your John Deere engine distributor or servicingdealer for recommendations and local availability. Alwaysfollow manufacturer’s directions on label.

45-3 120699

PN=139


DX,FUEL –19–03MAR93–1/1

STORING FUEL

If there is a very slow turnover of fuel in the fuel tank orsupply tank, it may be necessary to add a fuel conditionerto prevent water condensation. Contact your John Deeredealer for proper service or maintenancerecommendations.

MX,FLBT,C –19–04JUN90–1/1

DO NOT USE GALVANIZED CONTAINERS

IMPORTANT: Diesel fuel stored in galvanizedcontainers reacts with zinc coatingon the container to form flakes. Iffuel contains water, a zinc gel willalso form. The gel and flakes willquickly plug fuel filters and damagefuel injectors and pumps.

DO NOT USE a galvanized container to store dieselfuel.

Store fuel in:

• plastic containers.• aluminum containers.• specially coated steel containers made for diesel

fuel.

DO NOT USE brass-coated containers: brass is analloy of copper and zinc.

TX,45,BD2125 –19–06MAY98–1/1

FUEL TANK

TS18

5–U

N–2

3AUG88

CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engine ishot or running, DO NOT fill fuel tank. DO NOTsmoke while you fill fuel tank or work on fuelsystem.

To avoid condensation, fill the fuel tank at the end of eachday’s operation. Shut off engine before filling.

Fuel Tank—Specification

Capacity 106 L (112 qt)...............................................................................

45-4 120699

PN=140


DX,ENOIL –19–10OCT97–1/1

DIESEL ENGINE OIL

TS16

61–U

N–1

0OCT97

Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperaturerange during the period between oil changes.

The following oil is preferred:

• John Deere PLUS-50

The following oil is also recommended:

• John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME TORQ-GARDSUPREME

Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of thefollowing:

• API Service Classification CG-4• API Service Classification CF-4• ACEA Specification E3• ACEA Specification E2

Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred.

If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5% is used,reduce the service interval by 50%.

Extended service intervals may apply when John Deerepreferred engine oils are used. Consult your John Deeredealer for more information.

PLUS-50 is a registered trademark of Deere & Company.TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a trademark of Deere & Company

45-5 120699

PN=141


TX,45,BD2126 –19–07OCT96–1/1

TRANSMISSION, AXLES AND MECHANICAL FRONT WHEEL DRIVE OIL

T10

3849

–19–

19SEP96

Depending on the expected air temperature rangebetween oil changes, use oil viscosity shown on thechart above.

JOHN DEERE HY-GARD TRANSMISSION ANDHYDRAULIC OIL IS RECOMMENDED because it isspecifically formulated to minimize brake chatter, andto provide maximum protection against mechanicalwear.

You may also use oils which meet minimum JohnDeere standards, or other oils meeting John DeereStandard JDM J20C and J20D.

Oils meeting MIL-L-46167A may be used as arctic oil.

HY-GARD is a registered trademark of Deere & Company

45-6 120699

PN=142


TX,45,BD2127 –19–07OCT96–1/1

HYDRAULIC OIL

T10

3848

–19–

19SEP96

Depending on the expected air temperature rangebetween oil changes, use oil viscosity shown on thechart above.

JOHN DEERE HY-GARD TRANSMISSION ANDHYDRAULIC OIL IS RECOMMENDED because it isspecifically formulated to minimize brake chatter, andto provide maximum protection against mechanicalwear.

You may also use oils which meet minimum JohnDeere standards, or other oils meeting John DeereStandard JDM J20C and J20D.

Oils meeting MIL-L-46167A may be used as arctic oil.


45-7 120699

PN=143


02T,45,C49 –19–01AUG94–1/1

GREASE

T67

22AA

–19–

27JA

N89

Depending on the expected air temperature range, usegrease shown on chart above.

Greases recommended are:

• John Deere Moly High Temperature/EP Grease(Preferred)

• SAE Multipurpose Grease with Extreme Pressure(EP) performance and containing 3 to 5 per centmolybdenum disulfide

• SAE multi-purpose EP Grease• Grease meeting MIL-G-10924C specifications may

be used as arctic grease.

TX,45,BD1972 –19–24SEP96–1/1

GREASE FOR EXTENDIBLE DIPPERSTICK,SIDESHIFT FRAME, AND STABILIZER LEGWEAR STRIPS

SAE Multipurpose Grease with Extreme Pressure (EP)performance and containing 3 to 5 per cent molybdenumdisulfide (preferred).

45-8 120699

PN=144


DX,ALTER –19–18MAR96–1/1

ALTERNATIVE AND SYNTHETICLUBRICANTS

Conditions in certain geographical areas may requirelubricant recommendations different from those printed inthis manual.

Some John Deere brand coolants and lubricants may notbe available in your location.

Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain information andrecommendations.

Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet theperformance requirements as shown in this manual.

The temperature limits and service intervals shown in thismanual apply to both conventional and synthetic oils.

Re-refined base stock products may be used if thefinished lubricant meets the performance requirements.

DX,LUBST –19–18MAR96–1/1

LUBRICANT STORAGE

Your equipment can operate at top efficiency onlywhen clean lubricants are used.

Use clean containers to handle all lubricants.

Whenever possible, store lubricants and containers inan area protected from dust, moisture, and othercontamination. Store containers on their side to avoidwater and dirt accumulation.

Make certain that all containers are properly marked toidentify their contents.

Properly dispose of all old containers and any residuallubricant they may contain.

45-9 120699

PN=145


DX,LUBMIX –19–18MAR96–1/1

MIXING OF LUBRICANTS

In general, avoid mixing different brands or types of oil.Oil manufacturers blend additives in their oils to meetcertain specifications and performance requirements.

Mixing different oils can interfere with the properfunctioning of these additives and degrade lubricantperformance.

Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain specificinformation and recommendations.

45-10 120699

PN=146

Periodic Maintenance

TX,50,BD1954 –19–20SEP96–1/1

ATTACH DO NOT OPERATE TAG

T74

47AO

–19–

22APR91

CAUTION: To prevent serious injury or death byunexpected machine movement, attach a DONOT OPERATE tag to front of monitor to alertothers of service work being performed.

TX,50,BD2128 –19–07OCT96–1/1

SERVICE YOUR MACHINE AT SPECIFIEDINTERVALS

T10

5302

–UN–2

0NOV96

Lubricate and make service checks and adjustments atintervals shown on the periodic maintenance charts (A)and in the maintenance chapters.

Perform service on items at multiples of the originalrequirement. For example, at 500 hours also service thoseitems (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours,and 10 hours or daily.

Intervals shown on charts and in this manual are fornormal conditions. If operating in difficult conditions,service at shorter intervals.

50-1 120699

PN=147


TX,50,BD2129 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CHECK HOUR METER REGULARLY

T10

2669

–UN–1

4AUG96

Tachometer/Hourmeter

Check hour meter (A) to determine when your machineneeds periodic maintenance.

TX,50,BD2130 –19–07OCT96–1/1

AVOID MUD BUILD-UP

A clean machine is easier to service. Clean the followingareas as required, especially when mud begins to buildup.

• Stabilizer hoses going through main frame• Between rear tires and fenders• Backhoe cylinders• Backhoe pivot points and hoses• Loader cylinders, pivot points and hoses• Front axle kingpins

TX,50,BD2131 –19–07OCT96–1/1

USE CORRECT FUELS AND LUBRICANTS

IMPORTANT: To prevent machine damage whenservicing your machine, use correctfuels and lubricants. (See Fuels andLubricants chapter.)

50-2 120699

PN=148


CED,OUO1040,75 –19–13MAY98–1/1

PREPARE MACHINE FOR MAINTENANCE—WITH MANUAL TRANSMISSION

TS11

33–U

N–2

6NOV90

T10

5361

–UN–2

2NOV96

T10

2144

–UN–1

7DEC96


Before performing procedures in the maintenancechapters and before leaving the operator’s seat, park themachine as described below unless another position isspecified.

IMPORTANT: Improperly disposing of waste canthreaten the environment and ecology.Potentially harmful waste used withJohn Deere equipment includes suchitems as oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid,filters, and batteries. Do not pour wasteonto the ground, down a drain, or intoany water source.


2. Lower front loader to ground and lock backhoe intransport position.

3. Move gear shift (A) and FNR (B) levers to neutral.


4. Engage park brake with switch (C).


5. Move engine speed control lever (D) to 1/2 speed andrun without load for 2 minutes.

6. Move speed control to low idle, turn key to OFF andremove from switch.


50-3 120699

PN=149


CED,OUO1040,76 –19–13MAY98–1/1

PREPARE MACHINE FOR MAINTENANCE—WITH POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION

TS11

33–U

N–2

6NOV90

T11

5364

–UN–1

5MAY98

T11

5365

–UN–1

5MAY98A—FNR/Range LeverB—Park Brake SwitchC—Engine Speed Control Lever

Before performing procedures in the maintenancechapters and before leaving the operator’s seat, park themachine as described below unless another position isspecified.

IMPORTANT: Improperly disposing of waste canthreaten the environment and ecology.Potentially harmful waste used withJohn Deere equipment includes suchitems as oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid,filters, and batteries. Do not pour wasteonto the ground, down a drain, or intoany water source.


2. Lower front loader to ground and lock backhoe intransport position.

3. Move FNR/Range lever (A) to neutral.


4. Engage park brake with switch (B).


5. Move engine speed control lever (C) to 1/2 speed andrun without load for 2 minutes.

6. Move speed control to low idle, turn key to OFF andremove from switch.


50-4 120699

PN=150


TX,50,BD1955 –19–20SEP96–1/1

LOADER BOOM SERVICE LOCK

T10

2680

–UN–2

6AUG96

Boom Locked

T10

2679

–UN–2

6AUG96

Boom Lock—Storage

Use front boom lock channel when front loader must beraised for service procedures. To lock front boom in upposition:

1. Empty loader bucket and place in dump position.

2. Raise boom until lock channel can fit over cylinder rod.

3. Stop engine and lower channel over cylinder rod.

4. Lower boom until it is stopped by lock channel.

5. Place with pin and cotter pin back in mounting hole forstorage.

To return front boom to storage position:

1. Start engine and raise boom slightly to removepressure from lock channel.

2. Remove pin and cotter pin from lock.

3. Lift lock channel up so tab is positioned through hole inboom arm.

4. Retain in storage position with pin and cotter pin.

50-5 120699

PN=151


TX,50,BD2133 –19–07OCT96–1/1

OPENING AND CLOSING ACCESS DOORS

T10

5303

–UN–2

0NOV96

T10

2686

–UN–1

4AUG96

Open service access doors by turning handle (A).

50-6 120699

PN=152


CED,OUO1040,41 –19–06MAY98–1/1

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR RECORDKEEPING SYSTEM

T68

28AA

–19–

03APR89

The checklist on the following pages summarizesscheduled maintenance, and parts and oil required ateach maintenance interval.

Use the checklist to:

• remind you to perform machine maintenance atspecified intervals to minimize downtime.

• calculate cost of machine operation and ownershipallowing you to make better job estimates.

• place yourself in a stronger position at trade-in time.• satisfy your SECURE contract requirements.

As maintenance is performed, check off each item on thelist and record date and hour meter reading. Use thesecond (perforated) copy of this form in the Checklistschapter.

Do not tear out or mark on Checklist in the PeriodicMaintenance chapter. Keep it to make extra copies.

50-7 120699

PN=153


CED,OUO1040,114 –19–23NOV99–1/1

OILSCAN PLUS, COOLSCAN PLUS,DIESELSCAN AND 3-WAY COOLANT TEST KIT

T11

1411

–UN–1

6SEP97

Oilscan Plus

T11

1410

–UN–1

6SEP97

3-Way Coolant Test Kit

Oilscan Plus, Coolscan Plus, Dieselscan and 3-WayCoolant Test Kits are John Deere fluid samplingproducts to help you monitor machine performanceand system condition. The objective of a fluid samplingprogram is to insure machine availability when youneed it and to reduce repair costs by identifyingpotential problems before they become critical.

Oil and coolant samples should be taken from eachsystem on a periodic basis, usually prior to a filter

and/or fluid change interval. Certain systems requiremore frequent sampling. Consult your John Deeredealer on a maintenance program for your specificapplication. Your dealer has the sampling products andexpertise to assist you in lowering your overalloperating costs through fluid sampling.

Oilscan Plus is a registered trademark of Deere & CompanyCoolscan Plus is a registered trademark of Deere & Company

50-8 120699

PN=154


TX,50,BG261 –19–29NOV99–1/1


BREAK-IN SERVICE INTERVALS

Break-in service is required for your machine at intervals shown in chapter 15. Refer to chapter 15 during the first 100 hours of machineoperation. After 100 hours refer to service intervals in chapter 50.

SERVICE INTERVALS AFTER BREAK-IN

Service your machine at intervals shown on this chart. Also, perform service on items at multiples of the original requirement. For example, at500 hours also service those items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours, 50 hours, and 10 hours or daily.

As Required

• Check belt tension • Grease side shift frame—315SE

• Drain water from fuel tank • Grease stabilizer leg wear strips—315SE

• Check tire pressure • Grease extendible dipperstick

• Check and adjust boom lock • Grease non-powered front wheel bearings

• Clean cab fresh air and recirculation filters • Grease MFWD driveshaft spline

Every 10 Hours or Daily

• Check engine oil level • Grease backhoe bucket linkage pivots and cylinder rod ends

• Grease loader pivot points • Grease front axle and steering cylinder pivots

• Grease MFWD driveshaft U-joints (S.N.—881150) • Grease MFWD front axle U-joints

• Grease stabilizers and pivots • Grease backhoe pivot points

Weekly

• Check coolant level

50-9 120699

PN=155


CED,OUO1040,44 –19–06MAY98–1/1

REQUIRED PARTSInsure machine performance and availability; use only genuine John Deere parts. Verify part numbers are current and that any associatedparts are also on hand, i.e., filter O-rings.

250 500 1000Description Part Number ASI Hours Hours Hours 2000 Hours

Engine Oil Filter RE59754 1 1 1 1 1

Fuel Filter RE62418 1 1 1

Hydraulic Reservoir AT101565 1 1 1Breather Filter

Hydraulic Oil Filter AT144879 1 1 1 1

PLUS-50 Oil: TY6389 8.5 L (9 qt) 8.5 L (9 qt) 8.5 L (9 qt) 8.5 L (9 qt) 8.5 L (9 qt)

Transmission Filter AT179323 1 1 1

HY-GARD Transmissionand Hydraulic Oil:

Transmission TY6354 gal. 14 L (16 qt) 14 L (16 qt)

Hydraulic System TY6354 gal. 37 L (39 qt) 37 L (39 qt)

MFWD TY6354 gal. 6.5 L (8.0 qt) 6.5 L (8.0qt)

Rear Axle (S.N. — 13 L (14 qt) 13 L (14 qt)854673)

Rear Axle (S.N. 16 L (17 qt) 16 L (17 qt)851674—)

Coolant Conditioner TY16004 As Needed As Needed As Needed As Needed

Oilscan Plus Kits:

Diesel Engine Oil AT178840 1 1 1 1

Transmission Oil AT178844 2 2 2and Gearbox/Axle

Hydraulic Oil Tank AT178844 1 1 1

Cab Fresh Air Filter AT141209 As Needed

Cab Recirculation Filter T158848 As Needed

3-Way Heavy Duty Coolant TY16175 0 1 1 1Test Kit

Air Filter (Primary) AT171853 1 1

Air Filter (Secondary) AT171854 1 1

CoolScan Plus Kit (Ten AT183016 1 1samples per kit)

Dieselscan AT180344 1 1 1Diesel Fuel Analysis (Sixsamples per kit)

PLUS-50 is a registered trademark of Deere & CompanyHY-GARD is a registered trademark of Deere & CompanyOilscan Plus is a registered trademark of Deere & CompanyCoolScan Plus is a registered trademark of Deere & Company

50-10 120699

PN=156


CED,OUO1040,53 –19–11MAY98–1/1


Model: ❒ 310SE Model: ❒ 315SE Customer:PIN/Serial Number: Delivery Date: Hour Meter Reading:

OIL SAMPLINGOil samples should be taken from each system prior to its recommended drain or change interval indicated on this form: 250, 500, 1000hours. Maintenance recommendations supplied by OILSCAN PLUS will be provided based upon the oil analysis and operating informationyou supply. Regular oil sampling will extend the operational life of your machine’s systems.

Every 250 Hours❒ Check MFWD front axle housing oil level ❒ Check transmission oil level❒ Check rear axle oil level ❒ Change engine oil and replace filter❒ Check battery electrolyte level and terminals ❒ Check MFWD front wheel planetary housing oil level❒ Check hydraulic reservoir oil levelComments:

Date:Maintenance Performed By:

Every 500 Hours❒ Check air intake hoses ❒ Replace hydraulic reservoir breather❒ Replace hydraulic system oil filter ❒ Replace fuel filter❒ Check boom-to-dipper pin bolt torque ❒ Check coolant and add conditioner as needed

Comments:


Every 1000 Hours❒ Change MFWD front axle housing oil—If equipped ❒ Change hydraulic reservoir oil❒ Clean, pack, and adjust non-power front wheel bearings ❒ Clean engine crankcase vent tube❒ Check and adjust engine speed control linkage ❒ Change transmission and torque converter oil❒ Change rear axle oil ❒ Change MFWD planetary housing oil❒ Replace transmission oil filter ❒ Replace air filter elements

Comments:

Date: Hour Meter Reading:Maintenance Performed By:

Every 2000 Hours❒ Adjust engine valve lashComments:


50-11 120699

PN=157

Maintenance—As Required

TX,55,BD1957 –19–20SEP96–1/1

INSPECT BELT

T10

3850

–UN–1

7SEP96

Check belt (A) for wear and damage. See your authorizeddealer for replacement.

TX,55,BD2137 –19–07OCT96–1/1

DRAIN FUEL TANK WATER AND SEDIMENT

T10

5806

–UN–1

6DEC96

1. Loosen plug (A) on rear of fuel tank until fuel flows forseveral seconds, to remove water and sediment.

2. Tighten plug.

55-1 120699

PN=158


TX,55,BD2138 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CHECK TIRE PRESSURE

TS21

1–U

N–2

3AUG88

CAUTION: Explosive separation of a tire andrim parts can cause serious injury or death.

Only attempt to mount a tire if you have theproper equipment and experience to performthe job. Have it done by your John Deere dealeror a qualified repair service.

Always maintain the correct tire pressure. DONOT inflate the tires above the recommendedpressure. NEVER cut or weld on an inflated tireor rim assembly, rim, or rim parts. Heat fromwelding could cause an increase in pressureand may result in a tire explosion.

When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck andextension hose long enough to allow you tostand to one side and NOT in front of or overthe tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available.

Inspect tires and wheels daily. DO NOT operatewith low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damagedrims, or missing lug bolts and nuts.

Check tire pressure with an accurate gauge having 6.9kPa (0.07 bar) (1 psi) graduations. If tires contain liquidballast, use a special air-water gauge and measure withvalve stem at bottom.

When inflating tires be sure to lock air chuck to valvestem and stand to front or rear of tire. (See Tire InflationPressures in this chapter or in the Specifications chapter.

55-2 120699

PN=159


TX,55,BG314 –19–29SEP97–1/1

TIRE INFLATION PRESSURES

NOTE: Shipping pressure may not be same as operatingpressure. You may change tire pressures to suitworking condition according to tire manufacturer’srecommendations.

Pressure

Tire Size (Front) kPa (bar) (psi)

11 L x 15 8 PR F3 306 (3.0) (44)

11 L x 16 12 PR F3 441 (4.4) (64)

12.5/80-18 10 PR 414 (4.1) (60)(MFWD)

Tire Size (Rear)

19.5 L x 24 8 PR R4 165 (1.7) (24)

16.9 x 24 8 PR R4 193 (1.9) (28)

16.9 x 28 8 PR R4 193 (1.9) (28)

TX,90,DH1383 –19–06MAY98–1/1

CHECKING WHEEL FASTENERS

T60

00AU

–UN–1

8OCT88

T87

507

–UN–2

1OCT88

Tighten wheel cap screws and fasteners.

Front axle: N•m (lb-ft)

Standard axle 136 +20 -27 (100 +15 -20)

MFWD axle 300 +110 -40 (221 +81 -29)

Rear axle: N•m (lb-ft)

Standard axle 495 ±99 (365 ±73)

55-3 120699

PN=160


EX,55,BG88 –19–04DEC96–1/1

LOADER BOOM SERVICE LOCK

T10

2680

–UN–2

6AUG96

Boom Locked

T10

2679

–UN–2

6AUG96

Boom Lock—Storage

Use lock channel when front loader must be raised forservice procedures. To lock front boom in up position:

1. Empty loader bucket and place in dump position.

2. Raise boom until lock channel can fit over cylinder rod.

3. Stop engine and lower channel over cylinder rod.

4. Lower boom until it is stopped by lock channel.

5. Place pin and cotter pin back in mounting hole forstorage.

To return front boom to storage position:

1. Start engine and raise boom slightly to removepressure from lock channel.

2. Remove pin and cotter pin from lock.

3. Lift lock channel up so tab is positioned through hole inboom arm.

4. Retain in storage position with pin and cotter pin.

55-4 120699

PN=161


CED,OUO1040,119 –19–20MAY98–1/1

CHECK AND ADJUST BOOM LOCK—310SE

T10

2741

–UN–1

4AUG96

Locked Position

T10

5667

–UN–1

1DEC96

A—StopsB—PinC—EyeletD—Jam NutE—Post

CHECK:

1. Raise boom against stops (A) so it is in lockedposition.

2. Using boom lock lever in cab (see Operator’s Stationchapter for location), cycle from locked to unlockedposition a few times and adjust as follows if necessary.

ADJUST:

IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to lock, adjust lock soit is able to pass through full range ofmotion. Lock must go down to post (E)and up to stops (A).

NOTE: Boom lock is not shim adjustable.

1. Remove pin (B) from lock.

2. With boom locked, adjust position of eyelet (C) so it isaligned with mounting hole.

3. Tighten jam nut (D) to hold eyelet in adjusted position.

55-5 120699

PN=162


TX,55,BD2141 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CLEAN CAB AIR FILTERS

T10

2744

–UN–1

4AUG96

T10

2745

–UN–1

6AUG96

1. Open filter access compartment (A).

2. Remove recirculating air filter (B) and fresh air filter(C). Inspect filters for cleanliness. Replace filters ifdamaged.

CAUTION: Reduce compressed air to less than210 kPa (2.10 bar) (30 psi) when using forcleaning purposes. Clear area of bystanders,guard against flying debris, and wear personalprotection equipment, including eye protection.

3. Clean filter(s) using one of the following methods:

• Direct compressed air opposite normal air flow.• Tap filters on a flat surface with dirty side down.• Wash in warm, soapy water and flush. Let filter(s)

dry before reinstalling.

4. Install filters and close filter access compartment.

EX,55,BG161 –19–18DEC96–1/1

INSPECT AND CLEAN HYDRAULICRESERVOIR FILL SCREEN

T10

5819

–UN–1

6DEC96

Remove cap (A) from filler tube. Inspect hydraulicreservoir fill screen and clean as necessary.

55-6 120699

PN=163


EX,55,BG89 –19–04DEC96–1/1

LUBRICATE SIDE SHIFT FRAME—315SE

T10

5547

–UN–0

4DEC96

1. Clean rails as necessary.

2. Lubricate contact area on rails. (See Fuels andLubricants chapter.)

EX,55,BG90 –19–04DEC96–1/1

LUBRICATE STABILIZER LEG WEARSTRIPS—315SE

T10

5548

–UN–0

4DEC96

Fully extend stabilizers and apply grease to each stabilizerleg. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)

55-7 120699

PN=164


TX,55,BD2144 –19–07OCT96–1/1

LUBRICATE EXTENDIBLE DIPPERSTICK—IFEQUIPPED

T10

3638

–UN–0

7SEP96

1 Point

T10

3857

–UN–1

8SEP96

3 Points

NOTE: Avoid excessive grease on dipperstick. A thin filmprovides adequate lubrication.

Lubricate extendible dipperstick with a low pressuregrease gun. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter for propertype of grease.)

TX,55,BG286 –19–22SEP97–1/1

LUBRICATE EXTENDIBLE DIPPERSTICKSIDE RAILS—IF EQUIPPED

T11

5494

B–U

N–1

9MAY98

Lower backhoe to ground with full extension. Paint greaseon side rails as necessary. (See Fuels and Lubricantschapter for proper type of grease.)

55-8 120699

PN=165


TX,55,BD2143 –19–07OCT96–1/1

LUBRICATE FRONT WHEEL BEARINGS—NON-POWERED

T60

00AK

–UN–1

8OCT88

IMPORTANT: When machine is used in mud, lubricatedaily.

1. Remove plug and install lubrication fitting.

2. Grease with approximately five low pressure strokes ofgrease. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter forrecommended type of grease.)

3. Remove lubrication fitting and install plug.

CED,TX03768,2667 –19–08NOV99–1/1

LUBRICATE MFWD DRIVESHAFT — IFEQUIPPED

T12

5640

B–U

N–0

8NOV99

Apply grease to lubrication fitting (1) until it escapes fromjoint. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter for recommendedtype of grease.)

55-9 120699

PN=166

Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily

TX,60,BD2145 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL

T10

5305

–UN–2

0NOV96

RG54

21–U

N–1

5DEC88

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. DONOT run engine when oil level is belowthe ADD mark.

The most accurate oil level reading is obtained whenengine is cold before operation.

1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine andengage park brake.

2. Remove dipstick (A) and check oil level.

BEFORE THE ENGINE IS STARTED: Engine is full whenoil level is within cross hatched area (C). It is acceptableto run engine as long as oil level is above the ADD mark.

AFTER THE ENGINE HAS BEEN RUN: Allow oil to draininto oil pan for 10 minutes before checking the oil level.Ten minutes after shutdown, oil level must be above theADD mark.

3. Remove filler cap (B) and add oil as necessary. (SeeFuels and Lubricants chapter.)

60-1 120699

PN=167


TX,60,BD2146 –19–07OCT96–1/1

LUBRICATE LOADER PIVOTS

T10

2791

–UN–2

2AUG96

4 Points

T10

2792

–UN–1

8SEP96

10 Points

T10

2793

–UN–2

6AUG96

2 Points

T10

2796

–UN–2

2AUG96

2 Points

Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes fromjoint. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter forrecommended type of grease.)

60-2 120699

PN=168


TX,60,BG309 –19–29OCT99–1/1

LUBRICATE MFWD FRONT AXLEUNIVERSAL JOINTS—IF EQUIPPED

T10

2816

–UN–2

2AUG96

2 Points—Right Side Shown

NOTE: Machines after the serial number break haveuniversal joints that are sealed in grease. Nogreasing is necessary.

Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes fromjoint. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter for recommendedtype of grease.)

TX,60,BD1958 –19–07OCT96–1/1

LUBRICATE STABILIZERS ANDCYLINDERS—310SE

T10

2795

–UN–1

8SEP96


60-3 120699

PN=169


TX,60,BD2148 –19–07OCT96–1/2

LUBRICATE BACKHOE

T10

2807

–UN–2

6AUG96

9 Points—310SE

T10

5545

–UN–0

4DEC96

9 Points—315SE Shown



60-4 120699

PN=170


TX,60,BD2148 –19–07OCT96–2/2T10

2809

–UN–2

6AUG96

5 Points

T10

2808

–UN–0

6SEP96

11 Points

60-5 120699

PN=171


TX,60,BD2149 –19–07OCT96–1/1

LUBRICATE FRONT AXLE STEERING—NON-POWERED

T10

2810

–UN–2

6AUG96

T10

2811

–UN–2

2AUG96


60-6 120699

PN=172

Maintenance—Weekly

TX,65,BD2151 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CHECK COOLANT LEVEL

TS28

1–U

N–2

3AUG88

T10

2749

–UN–1

4AUG96

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hotspraying coolant. Remove radiator cap onlywhen cool enough to touch with bare hands.Then cap slowly to stop so pressure is releasedfrom system before removing cap.

1. With engine cold, coolant level must be between HOTand COLD marks on recovery tank (A).

2. If coolant is below COLD mark, add coolant torecovery tank.

NOTE: If recovery tank is full and radiator is low, checkfor leaks on radiator and hose connections.

3. If recovery tank is empty, check for leaks and repair asnecessary. Add coolant to radiator (B) and recoverytank. Coolant level must be at bottom of filler neck.

TX,60,BD2147 –19–03DEC99–1/1

LUBRICATE MFWD DRIVESHAFTUNIVERSAL JOINTS (S.N.—881151)—IFEQUIPPED

T10

2817

–UN–2

2AUG96

T10

5306

–UN–2

0NOV96


65-1 120699

PN=173

Maintenance—Every 250 Hours

TX,75,BD2152 –19–06MAY98–1/1

CHECK MFWD AXLE OIL—IF EQUIPPED

T10

2819

–UN–2

2AUG96

1. Remove plug (A) to check oil level. Oil should be filledto bottom of plug.

NOTE: MFWD is filled with API GL-5 gear oil at thefactory. If oil level is low, use HY-GARD oil to fillto proper level.

2. Add oil as necessary through plug hole. (See Fuelsand Lubricants chapter for type of oil.)

3. Install plug.


CED,OUO1040,103 –19–14MAY98–1/1

CHECK REAR AXLE OIL LEVEL

T10

4867

–UN–2

2NOV96

1. Remove plug (A) from axle and check oil level.

2. If oil is not level to bottom of hole, add oil. (See Fuelsand Lubricants chapter for type of oil.)

75-1 120699

PN=174


TX,75,DH1574 –19–28APR93–1/3

CHECK BATTERY ELECTROLYTE LEVELAND TERMINALS

TS20

3–U

N–2

3AUG88

CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keepsparks and flames away from batteries. Use aflashlight to check battery electrolyte level.

NEVER check battery charge by placing a metalobject across the posts. Use a voltmeter orhydrometer.

ALWAYS remove grounded (-) battery clampfirst and replace it last.

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous.It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes inclothing, and cause blindness if splashed intoeyes.

Avoid the hazard by:

1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte isadded.

4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.5. Use proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself:

1. Flush your skin with water.2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralizethe acid.

3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30minutes. Get medical attention immediately.

If acid is swallowed:

1. Do not induce vomiting.2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but donot exceed 1.9 L (2 quarts).

3. Get medical attention immediately.

1. Remove battery box cover.

75-2 120699

PN=175



TX,75,DH1574 –19–28APR93–2/3

T69

96DB

–UN–1

0FEB89

T69

96DA

–UN–1

0FEB89

A—Battery PostB—Fill TubeC—Electrolyte Level Range

IMPORTANT: If water is added to batteries duringfreezing weather, batteries must becharged after water is added to preventbatteries from freezing. Charge batteryusing a battery charger or by runningthe engine.

2. Fill each cell to within specified range with distilledwater. DO NOT overfill.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. ALWAYSremove grounded (—) battery clamp first andreplace it last.

3. Disconnect battery clamps, grounded clamp first.

TX,75,DH1574 –19–28APR93–3/3

T67

58AA

–UN–2

1OCT88

4. Clean battery terminals (A) and clamps with a stiffbrush.

5. Apply lubricating grease (B) around battery terminalbase only.

6. Install and tighten clamps, grounded clamp last.

75-3 120699

PN=176


TX,75,BG315 –19–29SEP97–1/1

CHECK HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR OILLEVEL

T10

3090

–UN–1

6AUG96

NOTE: Check hydraulic oil level with machine parked ona level surface. Check before starting engine, withbackhoe and stabilizers in transport position, andloader bucket lowered to ground.

Check when oil is cool.

Sightglass decal has a scale for proper level ofoil.

1. Check oil level in sight glass (A). Oil level should be inmid-range of decal.

2. If oil is below operating range in “add” range, removefiller cap (B) and add oil. (See Fuels and Lubricantschapter for proper type of hydraulic oil.

3. Install filler cap.

75-4 120699

PN=177


TX,75,BD2155 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CHECK TRANSMISSION OIL LEVEL

T10

3096

–UN–1

6AUG96

1. Park Machine on level surface.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Never rely onFNR lever alone to keep machine from moving.Always engage park brake to hold machine.

2. Engage park brake.

3. Move gear shifter and FNR lever to neutral.

4. Start engine and run at slow idle for three minutes towarm transmission oil.

5. With engine running at slow idle, turn dipstick handle(A) counterclockwise and remove.

NOTE: Normal hot oil can be above full mark.

6. Check oil level on dipstick. If oil is not within operatingrange, add oil. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)

7. Install dipstick and turn clockwise to tighten. Close sideservice door.

75-5 120699

PN=178


TX,75,BG264 –19–06MAY98–1/2

CHANGE ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

T10

3019

–UN–0

6SEP96

T10

3025

–UN–0

6SEP96

T10

3023

–UN–1

6AUG96

IMPORTANT: If fuel sulfur content exceeds 0.5percent, change engine oil at 1/2 thenormal interval.

If engine has not run 250 hours beforethe season changes, change oil.

1. Run engine to warm oil. Park machine on a levelsurface, set park brake and stop engine. (See PrepareMachine for Maintenance in Periodic Maintenancechapter.)

2. Remove drain plug (A). Allow oil to drain. Dispose ofwaste oil properly.

Engine Oil—Specification

Capacity 8.5 L (9.0 qt).................................................................................

3. Using a suitable filter wrench, turn filter (B)counterclockwise and remove from base. Cleanmounting surfaces of base as necessary.

4. Apply a thin film of oil to sealing on new filter andinstall by turning new filter clockwise by hand untilgasket touches mounting surface. Then torque anadditional 1/2—3/4 turn with wrench.

5. Install drain plug.

6. Remove filler cap (C) and fill engine with oil tospecification. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter forproper type of oil to use.)


75-6 120699

PN=179


TX,75,BG264 –19–06MAY98–2/2

T10

3024

–UN–1

6AUG96

IMPORTANT: Before starting engine after a filterchange, crank engine for ten secondswithout starting to refill filter andpre-lubricate turbocharger.

7. Disconnect fuel shutoff connector (D) to keep enginefrom starting and crank for ten seconds.

8. Connect fuel shutoff, start engine and run at a slowidle. If engine oil pressure light on monitor does not goout and alarm shutoff, stop engine immediately andfind the cause.

9. Stop engine, check for leaks around drain plug andfilter and tighten filter as necessary. Check oil level.(See Check Engine Oil Level in Maintenance—Every10 Hours or Daily chapter.)

TX,75,BD2157 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CHECK MFWD PLANETARY HOUSING OIL—IF EQUIPPED

T10

5325

–UN–2

1NOV96

1. Rotate housing until OIL LEVEL line (B) is horizontaland fill plug (A) is above line as shown.

NOTE: MFWD is filled with API GL-5 gear oil at thefactory. If oil level is low, use HY-GARD oil to fillto proper level.

2. Remove plug and check that oil is filled to bottom ofplug hole.

3. Add oil to plug hole if necessary. (See Fuels andLubricants chapter for proper type of oil.)

4. Install plug.

5. Repeat procedure for opposite side wheel.


75-7 120699

PN=180


TX,80,BD2158 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CHECK AIR INTAKE HOSE

T10

5744

–UN–0

8JAN97

NOTE: Air intake hose is located at back side of aircleaner housing and extends to turbocharger.

1. Remove engine side shields and open top accessdoor.

2. Check hose (A) for cracks and replace as necessary.

3. Check for loose connections and tighten clamps asnecessary.

4. Install side shields.

TX,80,BD2159 –19–07OCT96–1/1

REPLACE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OIL FILTER

T10

3111

–UN–0

6SEP96

1. Turn filter (A) counterclockwise and remove.

2. Apply film of oil to sealing ring on new filter, install untilit touches mounting surface and tighten an additional3/4 to one turn with a suitable wrench.

3. Check hydraulic oil level.

4. Start engine and run for 2 minutes to allow filterelement to refill and purge air from charge circuit.

5. Stop the engine and check hydraulic oil level. (SeeCheck Hydraulic Oil Level in Maintenance—Every 250Hours.)

6. Check for leakage around filter. Tighten filter justenough to stop leaks.

80-1 120699

PN=181


CED,OUO1040,120 –19–20MAY98–1/1

CHECK BOOM-TO-DIPPER PIN TORQUE

T10

3370

–UN–2

7AUG96

Check boom-to-dipper pin (A) for proper torque. Torquebolt to specification.

Boom-To-Dipper Pin Bolt—Specification

Torque 620 N•m (460 lb-ft).........................................................................

TX,80,BD2160 –19–07OCT96–1/1

REPLACE HYDRAULIC RESERVOIRBREATHER

T10

3091

–UN–1

6AUG96

NOTE: Hydraulic reservoir breather is located under topright side of hood.

Be sure to position breather in original position toavoid dripping oil.

Remove existing reservoir breather (A) and replace.

80-2 120699

PN=182


TX,80,BD2161 –19–07OCT96–1/1

REPLACE FUEL FILTER

T10

3117

–UN–1

6AUG96

T78

96AJ

–UN–2

5NOV92

T10

3124

–UN–1

9AUG96

A—Retaining RingB—FilterC—Drain KnobD—Filter BaseE—SlotsF—Vertical LocatorsG—Bleed ScrewH—Primer Lever

NOTE: Dispose of waste properly.

1. Turn retaining ring (A) counterclockwise and removefilter element (B). Allow sediment to drain into acontainer.

2. Remove fuel drain knob (C) from filter element andinstall to new filter.

3. Clean filter base (D).

NOTE: Do not attempt to turn filter element into base.

4. Install new fuel element by aligning vertical locators (F)into slots (E) on filter base. Push filter element upfirmly until filter snaps against base.

5. Turn retaining ring clockwise into filter base untilretaining ring clicks tightly into place.

6. Loosen bleed screw (G) by turning knobcounterclockwise.

7. Operate primer lever (H) until fuel flow from bleedscrew is free of air bubbles.

NOTE: If there is no fuel flow, push primer lever towardengine and turn crankshaft using starter motor toreposition camshaft. Repeat step 6.

8. Tighten bleed screw.

9. Push primer lever toward engine as far as possible.

80-3 120699

PN=183


CED,OUO1040,115 –19–02DEC99–1/1

CHECK COOLANT CONDITIONER

TS28

1–U

N–2

3AUG88

T10

1885

–UN–1

4AUG96

T11

1110

–UN–1

3AUG97

3-Way Test KitT11

1109

–UN–1

3AUG97

Coolscan Plus

CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids frompressurized cooling system can cause seriousburns.

Remove filler cap only when engine is cold orwhen cool enough to touch with bare hands.Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relievepressure before removing completely.

IMPORTANT: John Deere Liquid Coolant Conditionerdoes not protect against freezing.Coolant conditioner prevents rust,scale, and liner cavitation.

NOTE: Check coolant every 500 hours or 6 months, orwhen replacing 1/3 or more of coolant. Addcoolant conditioner as necessary.

1. Remove radiator cap (A) and test coolant solution. Useone of the following kits to check coolant:

• 3-Way Heavy Duty Coolant Test Kit (TY16175)Coolant test strips provide an effective method to checkfreeze point and additive levels of engine coolant. Seeyour authorized dealer for 3-Way Heavy Duty CoolantTest Kit and follow instructions on kit.

• Coolscan Plus

For a more thorough evaluation of coolant, performCoolscan Plus analysis, where available. See yourauthorized dealer for information about Coolscan Plus.

2. Add TY16004 John Deere Coolant Conditioner orequivalent non-chromate conditioner/rust inhibitor asnecessary. Follow instructions on container foramount.

Cooling System—Specification

Capacity 16 L (17 qt)...................................................................................

3. Install cap.

Coolscan Plus is a registered trademark of Deere & Company

80-4 120699

PN=184


TX,85,BD2163 –19–06MAY98–1/1

CHANGE MFWD FRONT AXLE HOUSINGOIL—IF EQUIPPED

T10

3125

–UN–0

5SEP96

T10

3126

–UN–0

5SEP96

NOTE: Dispose of drain oil properly.

MFWD is filled with API GL-5 gear oil at thefactory. Fill MFWD with HY-GARD oil to fill toproper level.

1. Remove plug (A) to drain oil. Dispose of waste oilproperly.

MFWD Front Axle Housing Oil—Specification

Capacity 6.5 L (7 qt)....................................................................................

2. Install plug.

3. Remove plug (B) and add oil so it is level with bottomof plug hole. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter forproper type of oil.)

4. Install plug.


85-1 120699

PN=185


TX,85,BD2164 –19–06MAY98–1/2

CLEAN, PACK, AND ADJUST FRONT WHEELBEARINGS—NON-POWERED

T87

549

–UN–2

1OCT88

A—SealB—BushingC—Inner Bearing ConeD—Inner Bearing CupE—HubF—Pipe PlugG—Outer Bearing CupH—Outer Bearing ConeI—Cotter PinJ—Hub CapK—NutL—Washer

1. Raise machine so steer wheels are off ground.Remove hub cap (J), pull cotter pin (I) from spindleand remove slotted nut (K).

2. Slip off special washer (L) and outer bearing cone (H).Remove wheel and hub assembly. Then remove seal(A) and inner bearing cone (C) from hub (E).

3. Clean all dirt and grease from bearings, bushing (B),spindles, and hub assemblies.

4. Inspect bearing cups (D and G), and cones for damageor excessive wear and replace damaged parts asnecessary.

5. If a new bearing cup must be installed, drive out theold one and install a new cup with the cupped faceoutward.

6. Inspect grease seals for damage or hardened lips andreplace as necessary.

7. Pack bearings and coat seal lips with John DeereMulti-Purpose Grease or equivalent. (See Fuels andLubricants chapter for recommended type of grease.)

8. Install seal (A), bushing (B), and inner bearing cup (D).Fill gap between inner bearing cup and seal withgrease. Assemble balance of parts except cotter pinand hub cap. Tighten slotted nut to specification.

Front Wheel Bearing Slotted Nut—Specification

Torque 47 N•m (35 lb-ft).............................................................................

9. Turn wheel several revolutions. Tighten nut again tospecification. Turn nut counterclockwise to nearest slotand install cotter pin. If hole of spindle is in line with aslot after tightening, turn nut counterclockwise to nextslot.

85-2 120699

PN=186



TX,85,BD2164 –19–06MAY98–2/2

10. Remove pipe plug (F) from wheel hub and installlubrication fitting. Lubricate wheel hub assembly untilgrease starts to exit past outer bearing cone (H).Remove lube fitting and install pipe plug. (See Fuelsand Lubricants chapter for recommended type ofgrease.)

11. Lower machine to the ground and install hub caps.

TX,85,BD2170 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CHECK ENGINE SPEEDS

T10

2669

–UN–1

4AUG96

1. Warm engine to normal operating temperature.

2. Use tachometer (A), if equipped, to check enginespeeds:

Slow Idle—Specification

RPM 850......................................................................................................

Fast idle (Using Speed Control Pedal or Lever)—Specification

RPM 2375 ± 25............................................................................................

If engine speeds need adjustment, see Check and AdjustEngine Speed Control Linkage in this chapter.

85-3 120699

PN=187


TX,85,BD2165 –19–06MAY98–1/1

CHECK AND ADJUST ENGINE SPEEDCONTROL LINKAGE

T60

30AU

–UN–1

8OCT88

T73

87AB

–UN–1

6DEC91

1. Move speed control lever to extreme forward position.

2. Measure injection pump lever override. Override mustbe to specification.

Injection Pump Override in Forward Position—Specification

Distance 3—6 mm (1/8—1/4 in.).................................................................

3. Adjust yoke on speed control rod to provide override.

4. Move speed control lever to rearmost position andcheck override. Override must be to specification

Injection Pump Override in Rear Position—Specification

Distance 1.5 mm (1/16 in.) Minimum...........................................................

5. Recheck high idle override.

6. Remove reservoir cowling to adjust foot control pedal.

7. Disconnect yoke (A) from rod (B).

8. Adjust vertical rod (C) length to allow foot control pedalto stop on floor with hand lever in the extreme forwardposition.

85-4 120699

PN=188


CED,OUO1040,50 –19–29NOV99–1/1

CHANGE REAR AXLE OIL

T10

5316

–UN–2

1NOV96

T10

4868

–UN–2

2NOV96

NOTE: Dispose of waste oil properly.

1. Remove plug (A) and drain oil into a container. Installplug.

Rear Axle Oil—Specification

Capacity (S.N. —851673) 13 L (14 qt).......................................................Capacity (S.N. 851674—) 16 L (17 qt).......................................................

2. Remove plug (B) and fill with oil to bottom of plug hole.(See Fuels and Lubricants chapter for proper type ofoil.)

NOTE: Read decal next to fill hole for correct oil fillquantity.

It will take approximately five minutes for oil tosettle into outer housing when oil is warm.

3. Wait five to ten minutes for oil to settle, recheck leveland add as necessary. If oil is cold, settle time mayincrease.

4. Install plug.

85-5 120699

PN=189


TX,85,BG318 –19–17NOV99–1/2

CHANGE TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER

T10

5314

–UN–2

1NOV96

Manual Transmission Oil Filter

T12

5848

B–U

N–1

5NOV99

Powershift Transmission

1. Turn manual transmission filter (A) or powershifttransmission—if equipped, filter (1) counterclockwiseand remove.

2. Apply film of oil to sealing ring on new filter. Install untilit touches mounting surface and tighten an additional3/4 to one turn with a suitable wrench.

3. Check transmission oil level.

4. Start engine and run for three minutes to allow filterelement to refill and purge air from charge circuit.


85-6 120699

PN=190


TX,85,BG318 –19–17NOV99–2/2

T10

6213

–UN–0

8JAN97

5. With engine running at low idle, remove dipstick (B).Check transmission oil level and add as necessary.

6. Check for leakage around filter. Tighten filter justenough to stop leaks.

85-7 120699

PN=191


TX,85,BG304 –19–02DEC99–1/2

CHANGE TRANSMISSION AND TORQUECONVERTER OIL AND FILTER

T10

3366

–UN–2

7AUG96

Manual Transmission Drain Plug

T12

5848

B–U

N–1

5NOV99

Powershift Transmission Drain Plug

NOTE: This procedure does not drain all of the oil fromthe manual transmission. Only approximately8.0—8.5L of oil will drain.

It is intended that the remainder of oil will remainin the cooler and torque converter.

NOTE: Dispose of waste oil properly.

1. Remove drain plug (A or 2) from bottom oftransmission and drain oil into suitable container.


85-8 120699

PN=192


TX,85,BG304 –19–02DEC99–2/2

T10

5317

–UN–2

1NOV96

T10

3367

–UN–2

7AUG96

2. Turn filter (B or 1) counterclockwise and remove.


Manual Transmission System Oil—Specification

Capacity 14 L (15 qt)...................................................................................

Powershift Transmission Oil—Specification

Capacity 15 L (16 qt.)..................................................................................

4. Install drain plug and fill transmission at filler/checktube (C). (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter for propertype of oil.)

5. Start engine and run at slow idle for three minutes towarm oil.

6. With engine running at slow idle, turn dipstick handle(C) counterclockwise and remove.

7. Check oil level on dipstick. If oil is not within operatingrange, add oil. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)

8. Install dipstick and turn clockwise to tighten.

85-9 120699

PN=193


TX,85,BD2166 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CHANGE HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR OIL

T10

5669

–UN–1

1DEC96

T10

5668

–UN–1

1DEC96


2. Move backhoe and stabilizers to transport position andlower loader bucket to ground. Stop engine.

3. Remove reservoir filler tube cap.

4. Disconnect drain clamp (A) on end of hose (B) anddrain oil. Allow adequate time for oil to drain. Disposeof waste oil properly.

Hydraulic Reservoir Oil—Specification

Capacity 37 L (39 qt)...................................................................................

5. Replace hydraulic oil filter. (See Maintenance—Every500 Hours chapter.)

6. Attach hose.

7. Refill hydraulic reservoir. (See Fuels and Lubricantschapter.)

8. Check oil level.

TX,85,BD2167 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CLEAN ENGINE CRANKCASE VENTILATIONTUBE

T10

5323

–UN–2

1NOV96

Remove vent tube (A) and clean interior using diesel fuel.

85-10 120699

PN=194


TX,85,BG317 –19–06MAY98–1/1

CHANGE TRANSMISSION AND TORQUECONVERTER OIL AND FILTER

T10

3366

–UN–2

7AUG96

T10

5317

–UN–2

1NOV96

T10

3367

–UN–2

7AUG96

NOTE: This procedure does not drain all of the oil fromtransmission. Only approximately 8.0—8.5L of oilwill drain.

It is intended that the remainder of oil will remainin the cooler and converter.

1. Remove plug (A) from bottom of transmission anddrain oil into suitable container. Dispose of waste oilproperly.

Transmission System Oil—Specification

Capacity 14 L (15 qt)...................................................................................

2. Turn filter (B) counterclockwise and remove.


4. Install drain plug and fill transmission at filler/checktube (C). (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter for propertype of oil.)

5. Start engine and check oil level at filler tube. (SeeCheck Transmission Oil Level in Maintenance—Every250 Hours chapter.)

85-11 120699

PN=195


TX,85,BD2169 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CHANGE MFWD FRONT WHEELPLANETARY HOUSING OIL

T73

71AP

–UN–0

2OCT90

T10

5325

–UN–2

1NOV96

1. Rotate wheel so drain plug (A) is at its lowest point,remove plug and drain oil. Dispose of waste oilproperly.

MFWD Front Wheel Planetary Housing Oil—Specification

Capacity 1 L (1.1 qt)....................................................................................

2. Install drain plug.

3. Rotate wheel so plug (A) is above OIL LEVEL line (B)when line is horizontal.

4. Add oil to bottom of fill plug hole and install plug. (SeeFuels and Lubricants chapter for proper type of oil.)

85-12 120699

PN=196


CED,OUO1040,45 –19–06MAY98–1/1

REPLACE AIR CLEANER ELEMENTS

T62

01BE

–UN–1

9JAN91

T10

3381

–UN–0

6SEP96

T10

3382

–UN–0

6SEP96

T10

3383

–UN–0

6SEP96

Inspect elements when air filter restriction/indicator comeson. (See Engine Air Filter Indicator in Operator’s Stationchapter.

1. Remove right-hand side cover.

2. Loosen clips (A) to remove air cleaner cover.

IMPORTANT: Remove filter gently to avoid dislodgingdust from the filter.

3. Slide primary (B) and secondary (C) elements out toremove.

4. Clean inside of outlet tube.

85-13 120699

PN=197


CED,OUO1040,37 –19–28APR98–1/4

ADJUST ENGINE VALVE LASH(CLEARANCE)

T61

29AJ

–UN–2

7OCT88

1. Remove engine side shield.

2. Disconnect crankcase ventilation tube from rocker armcover. Clean tube with solvent or diesel fuel. Checkthat O-ring in rocker arm cover is in good condition.

3. Remove rocker arm cover.

4. Install JDE-81-4 Timing Pin (B) and JDE-83 FlywheelTurning Tool (A).

5. Turn flywheel until timing pin goes into hole in flywheel.

CED,OUO1040,37 –19–28APR98–2/4

T61

04AA

–UN–2

7OCT88

6. Use either of the following methods to determine whichcylinder is at top-dead-center (TDC):

• Try to move both push rods at number one cylinder.If both are not loose, pull timing pin out of flywheel,rotate flywheel 360°, and insert timing pin. Bothpushrods being loose indicates the piston is at TDCon compression stroke.

• Remove timing hole cover from fuel injection pump.If the timing lines (A) are in alignment, then thenumber one piston is at TDC on the compressionstroke. If the lines are not in alignment, the numberfour piston is at TDC on the compression stroke.


86-1 120699

PN=198


CED,OUO1040,37 –19–28APR98–3/4T61

19AI

–UN–1

3MAR89

T61

64HG

–19–

06FEB89

T61

64HH

–19–

06FEB89

NOTE: Valve clearance can be adjusted whether engineis hot or cold.

7. Measure and adjust valve clearance on the valvesshown, first with number one piston at TDC and thenwith number four at TDC.

Intake Valves (I)—Specification

Valve Clearance 0.36 mm (0.014 in.).........................................................

Exhaust Valves (E)—Specification

Valve Clearance 0.46 mm (0.018 in.).........................................................


86-2 120699

PN=199


CED,OUO1040,37 –19–28APR98–4/4

T63

21AG

–UN–1

8OCT88

8. Clean cylinder head and rocker arm cover matingsurfaces.

NOTE: Rocker arm cover gasket is reusable.

9. Install rocker arm cover gasket. DO NOT use sealant.

10. Install rocker arm cover. Install dry cap screws andtighten to specification.

Rocker Arm Cover Cap Screws—Specification

Torque 35 N•m (26 lb-ft).............................................................................

DO NOT overtighten cap screws.

11. Remove timing pin and turning tool. Install plugs.

12. Connect crankcase ventilation tube to rocker armcover and install cap screw in mounting strap.

86-3 120699

PN=200

Maintenance

CED,OUO1032,1075 –19–19JUN98–1/1

EXTERNAL SERVICE BRAKE INSPECTION

T11

5934

–UN–1

8JUN98

T81

37AC

–UN–0

3DEC93

Do first inspection at 5000 hours followed by 1000 hourinspection intervals after the first 5000 hour inspection.

If the service brakes are subjected to severe duty, inspectmore frequently.

1. Inspect brakes for wear through the external inspectionports (A).

2. Remove axle housing and replace brake disc if oilgrooves (B) on facing material are no longer visible.

90-1 120699

PN=201

Maintenance

TX,90,BD1968 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CLEAN DUST UNLOADER VALVE

T10

3397

–UN–2

7AUG96

IMPORTANT: A missing, damaged, or hardened dustunloader valve will make dust cupprecleaner ineffective, causing veryshort element life. Valve should suckclosed above 1/3 engine speed.

Squeeze dust valve (A) to remove dust from air cleaner.

If operating in high dust conditions, squeeze dust valveevery couple of hours of operation to release dust.

TX,85,BG318 –19–06MAY98–1/1

INSPECT AIR CLEANER ELEMENTS

T90

684

–UN–1

0NOV88

IMPORTANT: Install a new primary element:

• If element shows damage• If element will not clean

DO NOT clean secondary element.

Install new secondary element:

• If primary element is damaged andneeds replaced

• If element is visually dirty

NOTE: If gasket is broken or missing, install a newelement.

Inspect elements for wear or damage and replace asnecessary. Clean primary element as necessary. (SeeClean Primary Element procedures in this chapter forcleaning instructions.)

90-2 120699

PN=202

Maintenance

TX,90,BD1965 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CLEAN DUSTY PRIMARY ELEMENT

T47

764

–UN–0

9NOV88

1. Tap element with the palm of your hand, NOT ON AHARD SURFACE.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from flyingdebris. Reduce compressed air to less than 690kPa (6.9 bar) (100 psi) when using for cleaningpurposes. Clear area of bystanders, guardagainst flying debris, and wear personalprotection equipment, including eye protection.

2. If this does not remove dust, use compressed air under690 kPa (6.9 bar) (100 psi).

3. Direct air up and down the pleats from inside tooutside. Be careful not to break the element.

TX,90,BD1969 –19–07OCT96–1/1

TEST THE COOLANT FREEZE—PROTECTION LEVEL

T85

402

–UN–1

0NOV88

See your authorized dealer for JT05460 SERVICEGARDcoolant and battery tester. Follow directions included withthe tester.

If you operate your engine in extremely cold temperatures,see your dealer for information on arctic operation.

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

90-3 120699

PN=203

Maintenance

TX,90,BG266 –19–29AUG97–1/1

SERVICING THE COOLING SYSTEM

TS28

1–U

N–2

3AUG88

T82

14BE

–UN–2

7APR94


Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only whencool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowlyloosen cap to first stop to relieve pressurebefore removing completely.

Drain and fill the cooling system every 5 years or 5000hours.

TX,90,BD2173 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CHECKING COOLANT HOSES ANDRADIATOR

T10

3399

–UN–2

7AUG96

T10

3400

–UN–2

7AUG96

Check hoses (A) for cracks and leaks. Tighten clamps asnecessary.

Check radiator for dirt, damage, leaks, and loose orbroken mountings. Clean radiator fins.

90-4 120699

PN=204

Maintenance

TX,90,BG267 –19–29AUG97–1/1

DRAINING THE COOLING SYSTEM

TS28

1–U

N–2

3AUG88

T10

3404

–UN–2

8AUG96

T10

3401

–UN–2

7AUG96


Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only whencool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowlyloosen cap to first stop to relieve pressurebefore removing completely.

Every 5000 hours drain and flush cooling system usingclean water and refill with new coolant.


Capacity 16 L (17 qt)...................................................................................

1. Release pressure and remove cap.

NOTE: Radiator drain cock can be reached fromunderneath the machine. Grille and bumperremoved for clarity of photograph.

2. Connect a hose to drain cock (A) on radiator.

3. Turn drain cock counterclockwise to open valve.

4. Loosen drain cock (B) to drain engine block.

90-5 120699

PN=205

Maintenance

DX,COOL3 –19–05FEB99–1/1

DIESEL ENGINE COOLANT

The engine cooling system is filled to provideyear-round protection against corrosion and cylinderliner pitting, and winter freeze protection to -37°C(-34°F).

The following engine coolant is preferred for service:

• John Deere COOL-GARD Prediluted Coolant

The following engine coolant is also recommended:

• John Deere COOL-GARD Coolant Concentrate in a40 to 60% mixture of concentrate with quality water.

Other low silicate ethylene glycol base coolants forheavy-duty engines may be used if they meet one ofthe following specifications:

• ASTM D5345 (prediluted coolant)• ASTM D4985 (coolant concentrate) in a 40 to 60%

mixture of concentrate with quality water

Coolants meeting these specifications require use ofsupplemental coolant additives, formulated forheavy-duty diesel engines, for protection againstcorrosion and cylinder liner erosion and pitting.

A 50% mixture of ethylene glycol engine coolant inwater provides freeze protection to -37°C (-34°F). If

protection at lower temperatures is required, consultyour John Deere dealer for recommendations.

Water quality is important to the performance of thecooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralizedwater is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycolbase engine coolant concentrate.

IMPORTANT: Do not use cooling system sealingadditives or antifreeze that containssealing additives.

COOLANT DRAIN INTERVALS

Drain the factory fill engine coolant, flush the coolingsystem, and refill with new coolant after the first 3years or 3000 hours of operation. Subsequent drainintervals are determined by the coolant used forservice. At each interval, drain the coolant, flush thecooling system, and refill with new coolant.

When John Deere COOL-GARD is used, the draininterval may be extended to 5 years or 5000 hours ofoperation, provided that the coolant is tested annuallyAND additives are replenished, as needed, by addinga supplemental coolant additive.

If COOL-GARD is not used, the drain interval isreduced to 2 years or 2000 hours of operation.

90-6 120699

PN=206

Maintenance

TX,90,BG269 –19–29AUG97–1/1

FILLING THE COOLING SYSTEM

TS28

1–U

N–2

3AUG88

T10

1885

–UN–1

4AUG96

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hotspraying water. DO NOT remove radiator capunless the engine is cool. Then turn cap slowlyto the stop. Release all pressure beforeremoving cap.


Capacity 16 L (17 qt)...................................................................................

Remove radiator cap (A). Coolant level must be at bottomof filler neck.

IMPORTANT: Use only permanent-type low silicate,ethylene glycol base antifreeze incoolant solution. Other types ofantifreeze may damage cylinder seals.

NOTE: All machines are shipped from the factory with a50-50 mixture for protection to -34°C (-30°F).Adjust mixture accordingly to provide freezeprotection for your machine.

FREEZING TEMPERATURES: Fill with permanent-typelow silicate, ethylene glycol antifreeze (without stop-leakadditive) and clean, soft water. Add TY16004 John DeereCoolant Conditioner or equivalent.

90-7 120699

PN=207

Maintenance

TX,90,DH1583 –19–10DEC92–1/1

DO NOT SERVICE INJECTION NOZZLES

IMPORTANT: Do not service or remove injectionnozzles. The service life of the injectionnozzles may be shortened by:

• Overheating• Improper operation• Poor quality fuel• Excessive idling

If injection nozzles are not working correctly or are dirty,the engine will not run normally. (See your authorizeddealer for service.)

TX,90,DH626 –19–09DEC93–1/1

DO NOT ADJUST INJECTION PUMP

IMPORTANT: Never steam clean or pour coldwater on an injection pump while theengine is running, or while injectionpump is still warm. To do so maycause seizure of pump.

Clean trash regularly from injectionpump.

Adjusting the injection pump in any way not approvedby the manufacturer will end the warranty. (See yourcopy of the John Deere warranty on this machine.)

Do not attempt to service an injection pump that is notoperating correctly. (See your authorized injectionpump service center.)

CED,TX03768,2668 –19–29OCT99–1/1

REPLACE ENGINE VIBRATION DAMPER

The damper assembly is not repairable and should bereplaced every 5 years or 4500 hours, whichever occursfirst, or whenever crankshaft is replaced. See yourauthorized dealer.

90-8 120699

PN=208

Maintenance

TX,90,BD2176 –19–07OCT96–1/1

DRAINING FUEL FILTER SEDIMENT

T78

96AI

–UN–2

5NOV92

Drain water and sediment as necessary.

1. Loosen knob (B) and drain fuel for several secondsfrom drain tube (A).

2. Tighten knob.

3. Bleed fuel system. (See Change Fuel Filter inMaintenance-Every 500 Hours chapter.)

T82,EXMA,I –19–03AUG92–1/1

PRECAUTIONS FOR ALTERNATOR AND REGULATOR

When batteries are connected, follow these rules:

1. Disconnect negative (—) battery cable when youwork on or near alternator or regulator.

2. DO NOT TRY TO POLARIZE ALTERNATOR ORREGULATOR.

3. Be sure alternator wires are correctly connectedBEFORE you connect batteries.

4. Do not ground alternator output terminal.

5. Do not disconnect or connect any alternator orregulator wires while batteries are connected orwhile alternator is operating.

6. Connect batteries or a booster battery in the correctpolarity (positive [+] to positive [+] and negative [—]to negative [—]).

7. Do not disconnect the batteries when engine isrunning and alternator is charging.

8. Disconnect battery cables before you connectbattery charger to the batteries.

90-9 120699

PN=209

Maintenance

TX,90,BD1970 –19–07OCT96–1/1

PREVENT ACID BURNS

TS20

3–U

N–2

3AUG88

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strongenough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and causeblindness if splashed into eyes.


• Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.• Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves• Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added.• Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.• Use proper jump start procedure.


• Flush your skin with water.• Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid.• Flush your eyes for 15—30 minutes. Get medical

attention immediately.


• Do not induce vomiting• Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not exceed

2 L (2 quarts).• Get medical attention immediately.

90-10 120699

PN=210

Maintenance

CED,OUO1040,121 –19–20MAY98–1/2

SERVICE BATTERIES CAREFULLY

TS20

4–U

N–2

3AUG88

TS20

3–U

N–2

3AUG88


Never check battery charge by placing a metalobject across the posts. Use a voltmeter orhydrometer.












If electrolyte spills on the floor, use one of the followingmixtures to neutralize the acid: 0.5 kg (1 lb) baking sodain 4 L (1 gal) water, or 0.47 L (1 pt) household ammoniain 4 L (1 gal) water.

90-11 120699

PN=211


Maintenance

CED,OUO1040,121 –19–20MAY98–2/2

IMPORTANT: Electrolyte can damage paint and metalsurfaces of your machine. Do notoverfill the battery cells.

90-12 120699

PN=212

Maintenance

CED,OUO1040,122 –19–20MAY98–1/2

CHECKING ELECTROLYTE SPECIFICGRAVITY

TS20

4–U

N–2

3AUG88

TS20

3–U

N–2

3AUG88


Never check battery charge by placing a metalobject across the posts. Use a voltmeter orhydrometer.












Check the specific gravity of electrolyte in each batterycell.

90-13 120699

PN=213


Maintenance

CED,OUO1040,122 –19–20MAY98–2/2

T85

402

–UN–1

0NOV88

See your John Deere dealer for JT05460SERVICEGARD battery and coolant tester. Followdirections included with the tester.

A fully charged battery will have a corrected specificgravity reading of 1.260. If the reading is below 1.200,charge the battery.

NOTE: In tropical areas, use 1.225 for the full chargereading. In cold areas, use 1.280 for thefull-charge reading.

SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company

TX,90,BD2178 –19–07OCT96–1/1

USING BATTERY CHARGER

TS20

4–U

N–2

3AUG88

N36

890

–UN–0

7OCT88

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromexploding battery. Do not charge a battery if thebattery is frozen or it may explode. Warmbattery to 16°C (60°F). Disconnect batteryground (—) clamp before you charge batteriesin the machine to prevent damage to electricalcomponents.

IMPORTANT: Do not use a battery charger as abooster if a battery has a 1.150 specificgravity reading or lower. Turn offcharger before connecting ordisconnecting it.

A battery charger may be used as a booster to startengine.

Ventilate the area where batteries are being charged.

Stop or cut back charging rate if battery case feels hot, oris venting electrolyte. Battery temperature must notexceed 52°C (125°F).

90-14 120699

PN=214

Maintenance

TX,90,BG212 –19–23DEC96–1/1

REPLACING BATTERIES

TS20

4–U

N–2

3AUG88

Your machine may be equipped with one or two 12-volthybrid batteries with (—) negative ground. Use onlybatteries meeting following specifications:

Cold Cranking Amps

ReserveCapacity

-29°C (minutes atVolts BCI Group -18°C (0°F) (-20°F) 25 amps)

12 31 750 600 150

TX,90,BD2180 –19–07OCT96–1/1

REMOVING BATTERIES

T10

5672

–UN–1

1DEC96

IMPORTANT: Check for worn or frayed wires andloose or corroded connections.

1. Disconnect negative (—) battery cables first, thenpositive (+) cables.

2. Remove nuts and hold-down brackets.

3. Lift batteries out of compartment.

90-15 120699

PN=215

Maintenance

TX,90,BD2181 –19–07OCT96–1/1

REPLACING FUSES

T10

5868

–19–

17DEC96

T10

3416

–UN–2

8AUG96

Access Cover of Side Console

F1—7.5 Amp MFWD/ Alternator/Diff Lock FuseF2—15 Amp Fuel/Ether Aid and Reverse Alarm

FuseF3—5 Amp Dome Light/Radio FuseF4—5 Amp Radio Fuse (Unswitched Power)F5—15 Amp Wiper FuseF6—30 Amp Heater FuseF7—15 Amp Rear Light FuseF8—25 Amp Front Light/Tail Light FuseF9—10 Amp FNR/Park Brake FuseF10—20 Amp Turn/Stop/Flasher and Horn FuseF11—Not usedF12—Not usedF13—10 Amp RTD/Beacon FuseF14—5 Amp Monitor/Gauge FuseF15—10 Amp Auxiliary FuseF16—10 Amp Start FuseK3—Hydraulic Pump RelayK4—Reverse Alarm RelayK5—Park Brake RelayK6—Neutral RelayS21—Flasher

IMPORTANT: Install fuse with correct amperagerating to prevent electrical systemdamage from overload.

90-16 120699

PN=216

Maintenance

TX,90,BD2182 –19–07OCT96–1/1

REMOVE AND INSTALL HALOGEN BULB

T74

84AC

–UN–1

2MAR91

A—Screw (2 used)B—Lamp CoverC—LampD—BulbE—Lamp Housing

1. Remove screws (A), cover (B), lamp (C), and lamphousing (E).

2. Disconnect wiring lead and release retainer clip toremove bulb (D).

CAUTION: Do not touch the halogen bulb withbare hands. Oil and moisture may causepremature bulb failure. Clean bulb glass iftouched, using an oil-free cloth with alcohol.

3. Install new bulb, lamp and assemble housing.

90-17 120699

PN=217

Maintenance

TX,90,BD2183 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CHANGING REVERSE WARNING ALARMVOLUME

T76

73AI

–UN–1

6DEC91

T76

73AH

–UN–1

6DEC91

A—NutB—Shorting BarC—NutD—Terminal

IMPORTANT: It may be necessary to adjust thevolume to meet local regulations.

1. To change alarm to low volume, remove nut (A) anddisconnect wire from "POS HI" terminal.

2. Remove nut (C) and shorting bar (B).

3. Attach wire to "POS LOW" terminal (D). Install nut andtighten. Save shorting bar for future use.

90-18 120699

PN=218

Maintenance

TX,90,BD2184 –19–07OCT96–1/1

CHECKING NEUTRAL START SYSTEM

T10

3418

–UN–2

8AUG96


CAUTION: Avoid possible injury or death. DONOT attempt to start machine unless you aresitting in operator’s seat with the clutch switchdepressed. DO NOT bypass or disable any ofthe starting system parts.

Set park brake before attempting to startengine.

This machine has a neutral start switch that is activatedby the FNR lever (A).

Set park brake and place gear shifter in neutral.

Check the neutral start system to ENSURE that themachine:

• WILL start with the FNR lever in neutral N position.• WILL NOT start with FNR lever in any other position.

If starting system fails to operate correctly, have yourauthorized dealer repair the system immediately.

045,90,K117 –19–08JUN94–1/1

ADDING ATTACHMENTS/ACCESSORIES TOROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE(ROPS)

Do not add attachments or accessories to the ROPSwithout contacting your authorized dealer for information.Improper attachment may impair the protection offered bythe ROPS.

90-19 120699

PN=219

Maintenance

TX,90,BD2185 –19–06MAY98–1/1

WELDING ON MACHINE

T10

5672

–UN–1

1DEC96

IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground cables toprevent voltage spikes from damagingalternator or dash instruments.

Connect welder ground clamp close toeach weld area so electrical currentdoes not arc inside any bearings.

90-20 120699

PN=220

Maintenance

CED,OUO1040,95 –19–14MAY98–1/2

CHECKING RIDE CONTROLACCUMULATOR—IF EQUIPPED

X98

11–U

N–2

3AUG88

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure canpenetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoidthe hazard by relieving pressure beforedisconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tightenall connections before applying pressure.Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.Protect hands and body from high pressurefluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.Any fluid injected into the skin must besurgically removed within a few hours organgrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar withthis type of injury may call the Deere &Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois,or other knowledgeable medical source.

CAUTION: The boom will jump upward duringthis check. Make sure area around bucket isclear.

1. Start engine.


90-21 120699

PN=221

Maintenance

CED,OUO1040,95 –19–14MAY98–2/2

T11

5935

–UN–1

8JUN98

2. Push ride control switch (A) to OFF position.

3. Raise boom to maximum height and hold control leverover relief for 2 seconds.

4. Lower boom and bucket to ground and stop engine.Put boom control lever in neutral.

5. Push ride control switch (A) to ON position. The boomshould move up approximately 100 mm (4 in.).

6. If the accumulator has lost gas charge, see yourauthorized dealer for servicing the accumulator.

To Discharge Accumulator:

1. Place loader bucket approximately 30 cm (1 ft) off theground.

2. Make sure area around bucket is clear and move ridecontrol switch to OFF position.

3. Turn key switch to ON position without starting theengine and move the ride control switch to ONposition.

4. Move loader control lever to float position. Bucketshould lower to ground.

5. If ride control accumulator has lost gas charge, seeyour authorized dealer to service the accumulator.

90-22 120699

PN=222

Maintenance

TX,55,BG263 –19–29AUG97–1/1

CHECK PARK BRAKE

T11

1092

–UN–1

2AUG97

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury fromunexpected machine movement. Fasten seatbelt before performing this check.


2. Start machine on dry, hard pavements.

3. Raise loader and backhoe buckets off ground.

4. Move the park brake switch (A) to the OFF position.

5. Disengage MFWD, if equipped.

6. Move the FNR lever to forward F position, and thegear shifter to 2nd gear.

7. Depress the speed control pedal to the floor and driveapproximately 7 m (20 ft) before moving the park brakeswitch to ON position. The machine must stop within 2m (6 ft) and transmission must shift to neutral N.

8. If necessary, check adjustment of park brake capscrews. (See Towing in Transporting chapter.)

90-23 120699

PN=223

Maintenance

TX,90,BG334 –19–08NOV99–1/1

CHECKING MACHINE CYCLE TIMES

Operate each hydraulic control lever until all air is out ofthe hydraulic system and oil is warm. Check for freedomof movement of all controls and correct direction of travelbefore you check cycle times.

Use the times below as a guide. If cycle times vary greatlyfrom those listed, troubleshoot the hydraulic system.

INDIVIDUAL CIRCUIT CYCLE TIME SPECIFICATIONS

Oil temperature: 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)

Engine speed: Fast idle

Function Operating Conditions Maximum Cycle Time in Seconds

Loader boom raise Bucket flat on ground to full height (includes 4.9bucket self-leveling)

Loader boom lower 2.8

Loader bucket dump Bucket just clears ground 2.3

Loader bucket rollback Bucket just clears ground 2.3

Backhoe boom raise Backhoe at maximum reach with bucket teeth 2.7on ground up to cylinder cushion

Backhoe boom lower Backhoe at maximum reach. Transport 2.9position to bucket teeth on ground

Crowd in Boom in transport position 3.6

Crowd out 3.4

Backhoe bucket dump 2.1

Backhoe bucket curl 3.0

Backhoe swing Boom raised to cushion, bucket curled, 4.1dipperstick parallel to ground. Time cycle tocylinder cushion

Right stabilizer down Full up to ground level 2.8

Left stabilizer down Full up to ground level 1.9

Stabilizer up left and right Ground level to full up 2.4

Extendible dipperstick extend and retract 3.2

TURNS

Steering right to left Turns 2.3 to 3

Steering left to right Turns 2.3 to 3

Steering right to left (MFWD) Turns 2.3 to 3

Steering left to right (MFWD) Turns 2.3 to 3

90-24 120699

PN=224

Maintenance

TX,90,BG270 –19–06MAY98–1/1

BLEEDING BRAKES

T68

38AE

–UN–2

6OCT88

CAUTION: Do not operate machine if pedaltravel exceeds 133 mm (5.25 in.) while applying267 N (60 lb-force). Operating machine withexcessive brake travel could cause brakes notto stop machine on first application.

NOTE: Air will "gravity bleed" from brake system throughbrake valve without use of bleed screws. Brakelines must be inclined toward brake valve.

Low ambient temperature or aeration of oil willslow bleed process.

1. Engage park brake. Lock brake pedals together tobleed both brakes.

2. Run engine at high speed to fill brake reservoir.

3. Release brake pedal completely and wait a minimumof 10 seconds.

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 until a firm pedal is obtained withpedal travel within specification.

Pedal Travel—Specification

Distance 133 mm (5.25 in.) or less.............................................................

Brakes will continue to self-bleed as you operate machineand pedal firmness should improve.

5. If unable to obtain firm brake pedal, inspect lines andconnections for leakage. If no leaks, see yourauthorized dealer.

90-25 120699

PN=225

Maintenance

TX,90,BD2188 –19–06MAY98–1/1

ADJUSTING SPEED CONTROL LEVERTENSION

T10

3498

–UN–0

3SEP96

1. Remove cover from console.

2. Tighten nut (A) until specified force is required to movelever using a spring scale placed just below the knob.

Speed Control Lever—Specification

Force 62—71 N (14—16 lb).........................................................................

90-26 120699

PN=226

Maintenance

TX,90,BD2189 –19–19NOV99–1/2

CHECKING AND ADJUSTING TOE-IN

T61

59AC

–UN–1

8OCT88

T61

57AF

–UN–1

8OCT88

T61

62AT

–UN–0

2NOV88

Non-MFWD

T10

3499

–UN–0

3SEP96

MFWD

A—Center of HubB—Front of TireC—Rear of TireD—Tie Rod TubeE—Tie Rod ClampF—NutsG—Rod End

1. Measure distance from ground to center of hub (A) andmake a mark on front (B) and rear (C) of each front tirein center of tread.

2. Measure distance between front marks (B).

3. Measure distance between rear marks (C).

4. The distance between front marks must be less thandistance between rear marks by the following amount.

Toe-In Measurement—Specification

Standard Axle Distance between 6 ± 3 mm (1/4 ± 1/8 in.)(B) and (C)

.........................

MFWD Axle Distance between 3 ± 3 mm (1/8 ± 1/8 in.)(B) and (C)

............................

Machines Without Mechanical Front Wheel Drive:

1. To adjust toe-in, loosen both tie rod clamps (E) andturn tie rod tube (D).

2. Turn clamps so that cap screws are toward rear ofmachine and tipped down approximately 45°.

3. Tighten clamp cap screws to specification.

Toe-In Tie Rod Clamp Cap Screws—Specification

Torque 95 ± 14 N•m (70 ± 10 lb-ft).............................................................

Machines With Mechanical Front Wheel Drive:

1. To adjust toe-in, loosen nuts (F).

90-27 120699

PN=227


Maintenance

TX,90,BD2189 –19–19NOV99–2/2

2. Turn rod end (G) to get proper toe-in.

3. Adjust toe-in equally on both tie rods.

4. Tighten nuts to specification.

Toe-In Tie Rod Nuts—Specification

Torque 50 N•m (35 lb-ft).............................................................................

90-28 120699

PN=228

Maintenance

TX,90,BD2190 –19–07OCT96–1/1

INSTALLING TEETH ON BACKHOEBUCKET

T76

46AP

–UN–1

6DEC91

T76

46AO

–UN–1

6DEC91

T76

46AN

–UN–1

6DEC91

A—Tooth TipB—Tooth ShankC—Flex PinD—Grooves

1. Position flex pin (C) with grooves (D) toward the toothtip. The grooves are the locking mechanism.

NOTE: If "back" is stamped on the pin, this word mustface the shank.

If shank is badly worn, install new shank.

Install special teeth for digging in rock or frost.

2. To remove tooth tip (A), drive out flex pin (C).

3. To fasten tooth tip to shank (B), drive flex pin (C) inplace.

90-29 120699

PN=229

Maintenance

T82,EXMA,BJ –19–08JUN94–1/1

DO NOT SERVICE CONTROL VALVES,CYLINDERS, PUMPS OR MOTORS

Special tools and information are needed to servicecontrol valves, cylinders, pumps, or motors.

If these parts need service, see your authorized dealer.

TX,90,FF1225 –19–15MAR93–1/1

HARDWARE TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

Check cap screws and nuts to be sure they are tight. Ifhardware is loose, tighten to torque shown on thefollowing charts unless a special torque is specified.

TX,90,BD2192 –19–06MAY98–1/1

KEEP ROPS INSTALLED PROPERLY

TS17

6–U

N–2

3AUG88

CAUTION: Make certain all parts are reinstalledcorrectly if the rollover protective structure(ROPS) is loosened or removed for any reason.Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque.

The protection offered by ROPS will beimpaired if ROPS is subjected to structuraldamage, is involved in an overturn incident, oris in any way altered. A damaged ROPS shouldbe replaced, not reused.

When installation of equipment on a machine necessitatesloosening or removing ROPS, mounting bolts must betightened to specification.

ROPS Mounting Bolts—Specification

Torque 420 ± 84 N•m (310 ± 62 lb-ft).........................................................

90-30 120699

PN=230

Maintenance

CED,OUO1040,108 –19–14MAY98–1/1

CHANGING SIDESHIFT BACKHOESTABILIZER FEET—315SE

T11

5437

–UN–1

8MAY98

1. Raise stabilizers high enough to remove stabilizer feet.

2. Loosen locking nut (B) and turn in locking bolt (A) oneach stabilizer leg to lock in place. Tighten locking nut.

3. Replace stabilizer feet.

CAUTION: Stabilizers may drop down whenloosening the stabilizer lock bolts. Keep clear ofarea under the stabilizers when loosening thestabilizer lock bolts.

4. Loosen locking nut (B) and turn out locking bolt (A) oneach stabilizer leg to release. Tighten locking nut.

90-31 120699

PN=231

Maintenance

DX,TORQ2 –19–20JUL94–1/1

METRIC BOLT AND CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUES

TS16

57–1

9–02

APR97

90-32 120699

PN=232

Maintenance

04T,90,K175 –19–05JAN96–1/1

SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR METRIC SERIES FOUR BOLT FLANGE FITTING

T68

90BB

–UN–0

1MAR90

A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange

1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratchescause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear.Out-of-flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannotbe polished out, replace component.

2. Install the correct O-ring (and backup washer ifrequired) into groove using petroleum jelly to hold itin place.

3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B)halves. Make sure split is centrally located andperpendicular to the port. Hand tighten cap screwsto hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C).

4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line incenter of flange and install four cap screws. Flangemust be centrally located on port. Hand tighten capscrews to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring.

5. After components are properly positioned and capscrews are hand tightened, tighten one cap screw,then tighten the diagonally opposite cap screw.Tighten two remaining cap screws. Tighten all capscrews as specified in the chart below.

DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten onecap screw fully before tightening the others. DONOT over tighten.

TORQUE CHART *

Thread ** N•m lb-ft

M6 12 9

M8 30 22

M10 57 42

M12 95 70

M14 157 116

M16 217 160

M18 334 246

M20 421 318

*Tolerance ± 10%. The torques given are enough for the givensize connection with the recommended working pressure.Increasing cap screw torque beyond these amounts will result inflange and cap screw bending and connection failures.

* **Metric Standard thread

90-33 120699

PN=233

Maintenance

04T,90,M170 –19–01AUG94–1/1

ADDITIONAL METRIC CAP SCREW TORQUEVALUES

T68

73AA

–UN–1

8OCT88

T-Bolt

T68

73AB

–UN–1

8OCT88

H-Bolt

T68

73AC

–UN–1

8OCT88

M-Bolt

CAUTION: Use only metric tools on metrichardware. Other tools may not fit properly. Theymay slip and cause injury.

Check tightness of cap screws periodically. Torque valueslisted are for general use only. Do not use these values ifa different torque value or tightening procedure is listedfor a specific application.

Shear bolts are designed to fail under predeterminedloads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade.

Fasteners should be replaced with the same or highergrade. If higher grade fasteners are used, these shouldonly be tightened to the strength of the original.

Make sure fastener threads are clean and you properlystart thread engagement. This will prevent them fromfailing when tightening.

Tighten cap screws having lock nuts to approximately 50percent of amount shown in chart.

METRIC CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUES *

T-Bolt H-Bolt M-Bolt

NominalDia N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft

8 29 21 20 15 10 7

10 63 46 45 33 20 15

12 108 80 88 65 34 25

14 176 130 137 101 54 40

16 265 195 206 152 78 58

18 392 289 294 217 118 87

20 539 398 392 289 167 125

22 735 542 539 398 216 159

24 931 687 686 506 274 202

27 1372 1012 1029 759 392 289

30 1911 1410 1421 1049 539 398

33 2548 1890 1911 1410 735 542

36 3136 2314 2401 1772 931 687

*Torque tolerance is ±10%.

90-34 120699

PN=234

Maintenance

DX,TORQ1 –19–20JUL94–1/1

UNIFIED INCH BOLT AND CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUES

TS16

56–1

9–02

APR97

90-35 120699

PN=235

Maintenance

TX,90,DH1559 –19–01AUG94–1/1

CHECK OIL LINES AND FITTINGS

X98

11–U

N–2

3AUG88

T85

401

–UN–2

4JAN89

CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure canpenetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoidthe hazard by relieving pressure beforedisconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tightenall connections before applying pressure.Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.Protect hands and body from high pressurefluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.Any fluid injected into the skin must besurgically removed within a few hours organgrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar withthis type of injury may call the Deere &Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois,or other knowledgeable medical source.

Check all oil lines, hoses, and fittings regularly for leaks ordamage. Make sure all clamps are in position and tight.Make sure hoses are not twisted or touching movingmachine parts. If abrasion or wear occurs, replaceimmediately.

Tubing with dents may cause the oil to overheat. If youfind tubing with dents, install new tubing immediately.

IMPORTANT: Tighten fittings as specified in torquechart.

When you tighten connections, use two wrenches toprevent bending or breaking tubing and fittings.

90-36 120699

PN=236

Maintenance

04T,90,K66 –19–19MAR96–1/1

SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR O-RINGBOSS FITTINGS

T62

43AE

–UN–1

8OCT88

T65

20AB

–UN–1

8OCT88

Straight Fitting

1. Inspect O-ring boss seat for dirt or defects.

2. Lubricate O-ring with petroleum jelly. Place electricaltape over threads to protect O-ring. Slide O-ring overtape and into O-ring groove of fitting. Remove tape.

3. Tighten fitting to torque value shown on chart.

Angle Fitting

1. Back-off lock nut (A) and back-up washer (B)completely to head-end (C) of fitting.

2. Turn fitting into threaded boss until back-up washercontacts face of boss.

3. Turn fitting head-end counterclockwise to proper index(maximum of one turn).

NOTE: Do not allow hoses to twist when tighteningfittings.

4. Hold fitting head-end with a wrench and tighten locknut and back-up washer to proper torque value.

TORQUE VALUE *

Thread Size N•m lb-ft

3/8-24 UNF 8 6

7/16-20 UNF 12 9

1/2-20 UNF 16 12

9/16-18 UNF 24 18

3/4-16 UNF 46 34

7/8-14 UNF 62 46

1-1/16-12 UN 102 75

1-3/16-12 UN 122 90

1-5/16-12 UN 142 105

1-5/8-12 UN 190 140

1-7/8-12 UN 217 160

*Torque tolerance is ±10%.

90-37 120699

PN=237

Maintenance

04T,90,K67 –19–01AUG94–1/1

SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FLATFACE O-RING SEAL FITTINGS

T62

43AD

–UN–1

8OCT88

1. Inspect the fitting sealing surfaces. They must be freeof dirt or defects.

2. Inspect the O-ring. It must be free of damage ordefects.

3. Lubricate O-rings and install into groove usingpetroleum jelly to hold in place.

4. Push O-ring into the groove with plenty of petroleumjelly so O-ring is not displaced during assembly.

5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand-pressing jointtogether to insure O-ring remains in place.

6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on thechart per dash size stamped on the fitting. Do not allowhoses to twist when tightening fittings.

FLAT FACE O-RING SEAL FITTING TORQUE *

Nominal Tube O.D. Swivel Nut Bulkhead Nut

Thread Sizemm in. Dash Size in. N•m lb-ft N•m lb-ft

6.35 0.250 -4 9/16-18 16 12 5.0 3.5

9.52 0.375 -6 11/16-16 24 18 9.0 6.5

12.70 0.500 -8 13/16-16 50 37 17.0 12.5

15.88 0.625 -10 1-14 69 51 17.0 12.5

19.05 0.750 -12 1 3/16-12 102 75 17.0 12.5

22.22 0.875 -14 1 3/16-12 102 75 17.0 12.5

25.40 1.000 -16 1 7/16-12 142 105 17.0 12.5

31.75 1.250 -20 1 11/16-12 190 140 17.0 12.5

38.10 1.500 -24 2-12 217 160 17.0 12.5

*Torque tolerance is +15 / -20%.

90-38 120699

PN=238

Maintenance

04T,90,K174 –19–01AUG94–1/2

SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INCH SERIES FOUR BOLT FLANGE FITTINGS

T68

90BB

–UN–0

1MAR90

A—Sealing Surface B—Split Flange C—Pinched O-Ring D—Single Piece Flange

1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratchescause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear.Out-of-flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannotbe polished out, replace component.

2. Install O-ring (and backup washer if required) intogroove using petroleum jelly to hold it in place.

3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B)halves. Make sure split is centrally located andperpendicular to port. Hand tighten cap screws tohold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C).

4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line incenter of flange and install cap screws. Flange

must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten capscrews to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring.

5. Tighten one cap screw, then tighten the diagonallyopposite cap screw. Tighten two remaining capscrews. Tighten all cap screws as specified in thechart below.

DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten onecap screw fully before tightening the others. DONOT over tighten.


90-39 120699

PN=239

Maintenance

04T,90,K174 –19–01AUG94–2/2

TORQUE CHART *

N•m lb-ft

Nominal Flange Size Cap Screw Size Min Max Min Max

1/2 5/16-18 UNC 20 31 15 23

3/4 3/8-16 UNC 28 54 21 40

1 3/8-16 UNC 37 54 27 40

1-1/4 7/16-14 UNC 47 85 35 63

1-1/2 1/2-13 UNC 62 131 46 97

2 1/2-13 UNC 73 131 54 97

2-1/2 1/2-13 UNC 107 131 79 97

3 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195

3-1/2 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195

4 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195

5 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195

*Tolerance ±10%. The torques given are enough for the given size connection with the recommended working pressure. Torques can beincreased to the maximum shown for each cap screw size if desired. Increasing cap screw torque beyond this maximum will result in flangeand cap screw bending and connection failures.

90-40 120699

PN=240

Operational Checkout

TX,95,BD2223 –19–01NOV96–1/1

OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE

Use this procedure to check all systems and functionson the machine. It is designed so you can make aquick check of machine operation while doing both awalk around inspection and performing specific checksfrom the operator’s seat.

Should you experience a problem with your machine,you will find helpful diagnostic information in thischeckout that will pinpoint the cause. Use the table ofcontents to help find adjustment procedures. Thisinformation may allow you to perform simple repairsyourself, reducing machine down time.

The information obtained after completing theoperational checkout will allow you or your authorizeddealer to pinpoint a specific test or repair needed torestore the machine to specifications.

A location will be required which is level and hasadequate space to complete the checks. No tools orequipment are needed to perform this checkout.

Complete the necessary visual checks (oil levels, oilcondition, external leaks, loose hardware, linkage,wiring, etc.) prior to doing the checkout. The machinemust be at operating temperature for many of thechecks.

Locate the check to be performed at the top of the leftcolumn and read completely down the column beforeperforming the check. Follow this sequence from left toright. In the far right column, if no problem is found,you will be instructed to go to next check. If a problemis indicated, you will be referred to either a chapter inthis manual or to your authorized dealer for repair.

– – –1/1

GAUGE AND INDICATOR CHECK WITH ENGINE OFF

– – –1/1

MONITOR INDICATORLIGHTS AND ALARMCHECKS

Turn key switch to BULB CHECK position and hold.

LOOK: Are all monitor indicator lights on? Is STOP light ON and does alarm sound?

NOTE: Starting motor MUST not operate.

YES: Go to next check.

NO: Check monitor/gaugefuse. See ReplacingFuses in Maintenancechapter. If motor startsand bulb check position isOK, key switch has failedor there is a short inwiring. See yourauthorized dealer.

95-1 120699

PN=241


– – –1/1

FNR, NEUTRAL START CIRCUIT AND REVERSE WARNING ALARM CHECKS

– – –1/1

FNR SWITCH CHECK

T7447AH –UN–04JAN91

Engine off.

Move FNR lever to forward (F), reverse (R), then neutral(N) position.

FEEL: Observe and feel forward, neutral and reversedetents.

Turn key switch to ON position. Move FNR lever intoforward and reverse.

LISTEN: Did you hear a "click" from the side consoleneutral start relay as FNR lever was moved?


NO: If no "click", inspectneutral start fuse or seeyour authorized dealer.

– – –1/1

NEUTRAL STARTCHECK

Put FNR lever in neutral.

Move FNR lever to forward (F) position and turn key switch to start position.

Move FNR lever to reverse (R) position and turn key switch to start position.

LISTEN: Did starting motor operate?

YES: See your authorizeddealer.

NO: Go to next check.

95-2 120699

PN=242


– – –1/1

START CIRCUIT CHECK


Move FNR lever to neutral (N) position and turn keyswitch to START position.

Observe and listen to monitor as engine is cranking.

LISTEN: Did starting motor operate?

LISTEN: Did alarm sound?

LOOK: During engine cranking, were all ten indicatorlights ON? Is STOP indicator ON?


NO: If engine turns butdoes not start, check fuelshutoff/start aid/reversealarm fuse. If startingmotor does not operatecheck start fuse. SeeMaintenance chapter forfuse checks. See yourauthorized dealer if fusesare OK.

– – –1/1

REVERSE WARNINGALARM CHECK

T7447AI –UN–04JAN91

Key switch ON.

Move FNR lever to reverse (R) position.

LISTEN: Does reverse warning alarm sound?


NO: See your authorizeddealer.

95-3 120699

PN=243


– – –1/1

PARK BRAKE, CHARGE INDICATOR LIGHT, TACHOMETER/HOUR METER CIRCUIT AND ENGINE SPEEDCONTROL LINKAGE CHECKS

– – –1/1

PARK BRAKEINDICATOR CHECK

IMPORTANT: If engine oil pressure indicator light stays ON, STOP ENGINEIMMEDIATELY, check oil level.

T7447AG –UN–04JAN91

Engage park brake.

Put FNR lever in neutral (N) and start the engine.

Put FNR lever in forward (F) position.

LOOK: Is STOP indicator ON ? Does alarm sound? Ispark brake and seat belt light ON? Are all other indicatorlights out?

Release park brake.

LOOK/LISTEN: Is park brake indicator and STOP lightout? Alarm will not sound.


NO: If engine low oilpressure indicator lightstays ON, STOP ENGINEIMMEDIATELY and checkoil level. If alternatorindicator light is ON,increase engine speed to1200 rpm and alternatorlight MUST go out. If nopark brake light, inspectwiring connector at switchon park brake linkage.See your authorizeddealer.

– – –1/1

SEAT POSITIONSENSOR CHECK

Engine speed at low idle.

Lower all equipment to ground.

Release park brake.

Transmission gear shift lever in neutral, FNR in forward or reverse.

Operator’s seat in the backhoe position.

LISTEN: Does monitor alarm sound and is STOP indicator ON?

YES: Yes: Go to nextcheck.


95-4 120699

PN=244


– – –1/1

TACHOMETER/HOUR METER CIRCUITCHECK

IMPORTANT: If engine low oil pressure indicator light stays ON, STOP ENGINEIMMEDIATELY and check oil level.


Engage park brake.

Put FNR lever in neutral and start the engine.

LOOK/LISTEN: Is hour meter indicator rotating? Doestachometer (if equipped) indicate rpm?


NO: If park brakeindicator light stays ON,adjust park brake switchon park brake linkageuntil light goes out. SeeMaintenance—AsRequired chapter. If nohour meter or tachometermovement, see yourauthorized dealer.

– – –1/1

ENGINE SPEEDCONTROL LEVERLINKAGE CHECK

T102991 –UN–20AUG96

Engage park brake.

Put FNR lever in neutral (N) position.

Note rpm on tachometer (if equipped).

Move speed control lever to fast idle position.

LOOK: Does tachometer read 900 + 25 / - 0 rpm (slowidle) or 2375 + 25 / - 0 rpm (fast idle)?

LOOK: Does speed control lever remain at selectedposition?

NO: Tighten friction lock.See Adjusting SpeedControl Lever Tension inMaintenance chapter.Check engine speed. Seeyour authorized dealer.


– – –1/1

ENGINE SPEEDCONTROL PEDALLINKAGE CHECK

T7394BF –UN–06JAN92

Depress speed control pedal

LISTEN: Does engine speed stay the same as withspeed control lever in fast idle position?

YES: Yes: Go to nextcheck.

NO: Adjust Speed ControlLinkage. See yourauthorized dealer.

95-5 120699

PN=245


– – –1/1

BRAKE SYSTEM CHECKS

– – –1/1

PEDAL STOP CHECK

T7394BG –UN–17JAN92

Lift left and right brake pedals.

LOOK: Are brake pedals against pedal stop screws?

NOTE: This ensures that brake check valves are openedand brakes released.


NO: Adjust brake pedalstops. See yourauthorized dealer.

– – –1/1

BRAKE SYSTEMLEAKAGE CHECK

T7367AM –UN–17JAN92

Depress and hold left brake pedal, then right brake pedalusing approximately 267 N (60 lb-force).

LOOK/FEEL: Brake pedal must NOT feel spongy(caused by air in system). Does pedal settle more than25 mm (1.0 in.) per minute?


YES: Bleed brakesystem. See BleedingBrakes in Maintenancechapter. See yourauthorized dealer.

95-6 120699

PN=246


– – –1/1

BRAKE DRAG/PARKBRAKE CHECK

T6171AL –UN–09DEC88

Position machine on a gradual slope with front ofmachine downhill.

Lift bucket so it clears ground.

Shift FNR lever to neutral, differential lock control up,disengage park brake and release service brakes.

Let machine coast freely for several feet. Apply parkbrake.

LOOK: Did machine stop?

Release park brake.

LOOK: Did machine move or coast freely?

NOTE: If machine does not move freely on slope, drivethe machine for five minutes. Feel axle housing area tolocate which brake is dragging.



95-7 120699

PN=247


– – –1/1

PARK BRAKE FUNCTIONCHECK

Start machine, move throttle to 1200 rpm.

Leave park brake ON.

Put FNR lever in forward position.

Shift transmission starting with 1st. gear through 4th. gear, pausing for 5 seconds ineach gear.

Move FNR lever to reverse position.

Shift transmission starting with 1st. gear through 4th. gear, pausing for 5 seconds ineach gear.

Move FNR lever back to neutral position.

Move throttle back to slow idle and shut the machine off.

LOOK: The machine MUST NOT move in any gear.

LOOK: STOP light and Park Brake indicators MUST be lit.

LOOK: Hazard light MUST be flashing.

LISTEN: An audible beeping alarm MUST be heard.

LISTEN: With the FNR In the reverse position, the reverse audible alarm MUST beheard.

YES: If the machinemoves in any gear, seeyour authorized dealer.

YES: If the indicators donot work, see yourauthorized dealer.


95-8 120699

PN=248


– – –1/1

STEERING SYSTEM CHECKS

– – –1/1

STEERING SYSTEMCHECKS

Raise loader bucket above ground level.

Raise rear of machine off ground using stabilizers.

Operate engine at approximately 1000 rpm.

Turn steering wheel from full left to full right several times.

LOOK: Did front wheels move smoothly in both directions?

LOOK: When steering wheel was stopped, did front wheels stop moving?

NOTE: Internal leakage or a sticking steering valve spool can cause wheels tocontinue to move after steering wheel is stopped.


NO: Check hydraulic oillevel. See your authorizeddealer.

– – –1/1

STEERING SYSTEMLEAKAGE CHECK

NOTE: Hydraulic oil must be at operating temperature.

Run engine at slow idle. Turn steering wheel until wheels are in maximum right turnposition. Continue turning steering wheel, using approximately 11.3 N•m (100 lb-in.)force while counting steering wheel rpm.

Repeat leakage check turning steering wheel to the left.

LOOK: Did steering wheel turn 4—7 revolutions or less to the left or right? Thisrepresents acceptable steering wheel movement during normal operation.


NO: If steering wheelturns more than 7revolutions, verify whethervalve or cylinder isleaking. See yourauthorized dealer.

– – –1/1

STEERING PRIORITYVALVE CHECK

Operate engine at slow idle.

Turn steering wheel to stop left and right. Note effort required to turn wheel.

Turn wheel to stop and apply constant pressure.

LOOK/FEEL: Does wheel stop at both axle stops and require normal steering wheeleffort?

LOOK/LISTEN: Does tachometer (if equipped) decrease in rpm or does engine rpmdecrease when steering wheel is held against stop?


NO: Steers hard and nodecrease in engine rpm.See your authorizeddealer.

95-9 120699

PN=249


– – –1/1

TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL DISCONNECT CIRCUIT CHECK

– – –1/1

NEUTRAL DISCONNECTCIRCUIT CHECK CAUTION: Machine will move forward as FNR lever is moved.

Start engine, set idle speed at approximately 1500 rpm.

Put transmission in fourth gear.

Release park brake.

Shift FNR lever to forward (F) position.

LISTEN: When FNR lever is shifted to forward (F) position, can a noticeable drop inengine speed be heard?

Press button on gear shift lever or loader control lever individually and note sound ofengine.

LISTEN: Does engine rpm increase when the neutral solenoid switches aredepressed?


NO: Check fuse. If OKsee Troubleshootingchapter; Gauges andIndicators, Clutch ControlDoes not Disengage or“Click.” See yourauthorized dealer.

– – –1/1

DRIVING CHECKS

– – –1/1

TRANSMISSION SHIFTLINKAGE,SYNCHRONIZER ANDNOISE CHECK

IMPORTANT: Press button on gear shift lever when shifting gears.

Run engine at approximately 1500 rpm with FNR lever in forward (F) position.

Shift transmission into each gear and drive for a short distance.

LISTEN: Can any gear noise be heard when shifting between gears?



95-10 120699

PN=250


– – –1/1

DIFFERENTIAL LOCKCHECK

T6295AD –UN–19OCT88

Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers and loaderbucket.

Unlock brake pedals. Turn MFWD switch off (ifequipped).

Operate machine at approximately 1500 rpm in 3rdforward.

Depress differential lock control.

Apply one brake pedal.

LOOK: Both wheels must stop.

Release differential lock. Apply one brake pedal.

LOOK: Does braked wheel stop and other wheel spin?



– – –1/1

DIFFERENTIAL GEARAND PINION CHECK

Shift transmission to first gear and operate engine at approximately 1500 rpm.

Move FNR lever to forward (F) position.

Turn and hold steering wheel in a maximum left turn and depress left brake pedal tostop the left wheel.

Turn and hold steering wheel in a maximum right turn and depress right brake pedal tostop the right wheel.

LISTEN: Can excessive gear noise be heard in the differential or pinion gear area?



– – –1/1

FRONT WHEELALIGNMENT (TOE-IN)CHECK

T6264AI –UN–22OCT91

Drive machine in fourth gear forward on a surface withloose material.

LOOK: Is material from behind front wheels thrownexcessively inward or outward?


YES: If material isthrown, excessive tirewear will result. SeeAdjusting Toe-In inMaintenance chapter.

95-11 120699

PN=251


– – –1/1

ENGINE AND TORQUECONVERTER CHECK

T6171AM –UN–09DEC88

Position machine with loader bucket at ground levelagainst dirt bank or immovable object.

Shift transmission into first gear.


Disengage MFWD.

Engage differential lock.

Increase engine speed to fast idle.

LOOK: Do rear wheels stall?

NOTE: This test will give a general indication of engine,transmission and torque converter performance.


YES: If the wheels canbe easily stalled, go toTroubleshooting chapter,Engine, Engine Does NotDevelop Full Power or toTroubleshooting chapter,Power Train, Unit LacksPower or Moves Slow.See your authorizeddealer.

– – –1/1

TRANSMISSIONHYDRAULIC SYSTEMCHECK

Run engine at approximately 1500 rpm.

Shift transmission into third gear.


Make several shifts from third forward to third reverse. Start counting the number ofseconds when FNR lever is moved to opposite direction.

LOOK: Is shift from one direction to the other completed in three seconds?

NOTE: If bad in one direction ONLY, check direction pack.



– – –1/1

RIDE CONTROLFUNCTIONALITY CHECK,ELECTRICAL

Turn key switch to ON position.

Turn ride control switch to ON position.

LOOK: Switch light should light.

LOOK: Light in switch should go off when start switch is OFF or ride control switch isOFF.



95-12 120699

PN=252


– – –1/1

RIDE CONTROLFUNCTIONALITY CHECK,HYDRAULIC

Start machine and adjust engine speed to 1000—1500 rpm.

Move ride control switch to ON position.

LOOK/FEEL: Try to lift front end of machine off the ground using the bucket. Machineshould not be able to lift and hold.

LOOK/FEEL: With ride control OFF, try again to lift front end of machine off the groundusing the bucket. Machine should be able to lift and hold.



– – –1/1

MECHANICAL FRONT WHEEL DRIVE (MFWD) DRIVING CHECK

– – –1/1

MFWD SWITCH CHECK

T102991 –UN–20AUG96

Push switch and engage MFWD.

LOOK: Does MFWD light in display monitor come ONwhen switch is pressed?

Push switch to disengage MFWD.

LOOK: Is MFWD light in display monitor OFF withMFWD disengaged?



– – –1/1

MFWD DIFFERENTIALCHECK

Start engine and run at low idle.

Raise machine off ground with stabilizers and loader.

Shift transmission to 1st gear and put FNR in forward.

Engage MFWD.

Lower front wheels to just contact ground.

LOOK: Do both front wheels turn?



95-13 120699

PN=253


– – –1/1

ENGINE AND TORQUECONVERTER CHECK

T6171AN –UN–09DEC88

With loader bucket level and cutting edge at thecenterline of front wheels, put machine against a dirtbank or immovable object.

Engage MFWD and differential lock.

Shift transmission to first forward.

Increase engine speed to fast idle

LOOK: Do both rear wheels and both front wheels turn?


NO: If all wheels stop, atorque converter ortransmission control valveproblem is indicated. Ifthe front wheels stop,MFWD problem isindicated. See yourauthorized dealer.

– – –1/1

MFWD GEAR ANDPINION CHECK

Drive machine at transport speed with MFWD engaged, then disengaged.

LISTEN: Does MFWD “whine” when disengaged?

NOTE: It is normal for MFWD to “whine” when engaged.


YES: If MFWD whines,check oil levels and fill tocorrect levels. See yourauthorized dealer.

95-14 120699

PN=254


– – –1/1

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CHECKS

– – –1/1

MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMPPERFORMANCE CHECK

NOTE: If hydraulic oil is not at operating temperature, heat oil until loader and backhoecylinders feel warm to touch.

Put loader bucket flat on ground with park brake ON.

Operator’s seat positioned toward front of machine.

Run engine at slow idle.

Measure cycle time of loader rise to maximum height (including bucket leveling).

LOOK: Does loader rise to maximum height in 15 seconds or less?

NOTE: Take the average cycle time for at least three cycles. This time will give ageneral indication of hydraulic pump performance.


NO: If cycle time slow,see Troubleshootingchapter, HydraulicSystem, Slow HydraulicFunctions.

– – –1/1

AUXILIARY HYDRAULICPUMP PERFORMANCECHECK

NOTE: Hydraulic oil should be at operating temperature.

Position operator’s seat toward rear of machine.

Put backhoe in transport position.

Run engine at fast idle.

While holding loader boom rise over relief, move dipperstick from fully retractedposition to fully extended position and measure cycle time.

LOOK: Is the cycle time 12 seconds or less?


NO: If cycle time is slow,see Troubleshootingchapter, HydraulicSystem, Slow HydraulicFunctions.

– – –1/1

AUXILIARY PUMPUNLOADING VALVESOLENOID CHECK

Engine ON at low idle, transmission gear shift lever in neutral.

Lower stabilizers to ground.

Engage park brake.

Position operator seat toward rear of machine.

Operate dipperstick. Move FNR lever to forward.

LOOK: Does dipperstick slow down?



95-15 120699

PN=255


– – –1/1

CYLINDER CUSHIONCHECK

Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers.

Lower boom from transport position.

Run engine at 1500 rpm. Activate backhoe swing left and right.

Note sound and speed as cylinders near end of their stroke.

LOOK: Does speed of cylinder rod decrease near the end of its stroke?

LISTEN: Can hydraulic oil be heard flowing through orifice as cylinder rod nears theend of its stroke?

Repeat check using backhoe boom function.

NOTE: Crowd cylinder does not have cylinder cushion.


NO: Remove and repaircylinder cushion. Seeyour authorized dealer.

– – –1/1

STABILIZER CYLINDERAND VALVE CHECK

Operate machine at approximately 1500 rpm.

Position loader bucket above ground.

Lower each stabilizer cylinder and raise rear of machine off ground.

LOOK/FEEL: Do cylinders extend smoothly and hold machine up?

Retract each stabilizer cylinder.

LOOK/FEEL: Do cylinders retract smoothly and remain up?


NO: Cylinders drift up ordown. Inspect lock-outs.Cylinders drift downrapidly. See yourauthorized dealer.

– – –1/1

BACKHOE AND LOADERFUNCTION DRIFTCHECK

T7374CI –UN–04OCT90

NOTE: Feel backhoe cylinders. Cylinder must be warmto touch (38—52° C [100-125° F]). If cylinders are notwarm, heat oil to specifications.

With backhoe fully extended, put backhoe bucket at a45° angle to ground. Lower boom until bucket cuttingedge is 50 mm (2.0 in.) off the ground.

Position loader bucket same distance off ground asbackhoe bucket.

Run engine at slow idle and observe bucket cuttingedge.

LOOK: Do cutting edges touch ground within oneminute?


YES: Verify whichfunction is drifting. Seeyour authorized dealer.

95-16 120699

PN=256


– – –1/1

HYDRAULIC CONTROLVALVE LIFT CHECKTEST

NOTE: Husco valves have one lift check for both work ports, and therefore only needto be checked in one direction.

Raise loader bucket 1 m (3.0 ft) off the ground with the bucket level.

Position backhoe at maximum reach with bucket in dump position, 1 m (3.0 ft) off theground.

Stop the engine.

Activate each function one at a time.

• Loader boom rise• Loader bucket rollback• Backhoe boom up• Dipperstick extend• Backhoe bucket dump

LOOK: Do functions move when the control lever is activated?


YES: Inspect controlvalve lift check. See yourauthorized dealer.

– – –1/1

LOADER BOOM FLOATCHECK

Put loader bucket at maximum height position with bucket dumped.


Move the loader control lever forward into boom float detent position, and at the sametime into bucket rollback detent position. Remove hand from control lever.

LOOK: Does loader control lever remain in the boom float detent position?


NO: If it jumps out ofdetent, check detentspring and detent balls.See your authorizeddealer.

95-17 120699

PN=257


– – –1/1

LOADERRETURN-TO-DIG CHECK

T6171AT –UN–09DEC88 T7374CH –UN–04OCT90

Put loader bucket at maximum height position with bucket dumped.


Move the loader control lever forward into boom float detent position, and at the sametime into bucket rollback detent position. Remove hand from control lever.

LOOK: Does the loader control lever disengage from the bucket rollback detent whenthe bucket is level?

LOOK: When the bucket is at ground level, bucket must be level and the bucketindicator pointer must be aligned with mark on the boom pivot.

NOTE: When return-to-dig is used with loader boom in full-up position, the bucketleveling linkage will move the bucket control valve out of return-to-dig position beforebucket is actually level.


NO: Adjust switch until itis activated in cam. SeeAdjusting Loader BucketSelf-Leveling IndicatorLinkage andReturn-to-Dig Switch inOperating the Machinechapter. See yourauthorized dealer.

– – –1/1

BUCKET LEVELINGLINKAGE CHECK

T7374CJ –UN–05OCT90

NOTE: The loader bucket leveling feature functionsduring the boom rise cycle only. When bucket islowered, the operator can manually level the bucket oruse the return-to-dig.

Put loader bucket in the rollback position with the boomnear ground level.

Raise the loader and at the same time hold the controllever in the bucket rollback position.

Observe bucket and loader control lever as the loaderrises.

LOOK/FEEL: Does loader control lever move into thebucket dump position and the bucket dump functionslowly activate? When the loader control lever moves toactivate the bucket dump function, does the bucketposition remain stationary the remainder of the loaderboom raise cycle?


NO: Adjust loader controlvalve linkage. See yourauthorized dealer.

95-18 120699

PN=258


– – –1/1

CHECK OPERATION OF ACCESSORIES (ENGINE STOPPED)

– – –1/1

FRONT LIGHT SWITCHCHECK


Push front light rocker switch to middle position.

LOOK: Are two front lights, two red tail lights and gauge lights ON?

Push front light rocker switch in completely.

NOTE: Four front lights exist with optional work light package.

LOOK: Are four front lights, two red tail lights and gauge lights ON?


NO: Check fuse andbulbs. Check wiring. SeeTroubleshooting chapter,Gauges and Indicators,No Work or DrivingLights. See yourauthorized dealer.

– – –1/1

REAR LIGHT SWITCHCHECK


Push side console rear light rocker switch in.

LOOK: Are rear lights ON?


NO: Check fuse andbulbs. Check wiring. Seeyour authorized dealer.

– – –1/1

TURN SIGNAL CHECK Turn key switch to ON position.

Push right side of turn signal rocker switch down.

LOOK: Are right front and rear amber lights flashing? Does right indicator light on topof steering column flash?

Push left side of turn signal rocker switch down.

LOOK: Are left front and rear amber lights flashing? Does left indicator light on top ofsteering column flash?


NO: Check fuses andwiring. See yourauthorized dealer.

95-19 120699

PN=259


– – –1/1

WARNING LIGHT CHECK Key switch ON.

Push bottom of warning light rocker switch in.

LOOK: Are both front and rear amber lights ON? Are both turn signal indicators andlight in warning light rocker switch flashing?



– – –1/1

HORN CHECK Turn key switch to ON position.

Push horn button

LISTEN: Did horn sound?



– – –1/1

CAB COMPONENT CHECKS

– – –1/1

SEAT LINKAGE CHECK

T103194 –UN–20AUG96

Lift lever (1).

Move seat forward and rearward and release lever.

LOOK: Does lever move freely and lock seat in desiredposition?


NO: Repair linkage. Seeyour authorized dealer.

95-20 120699

PN=260


– – –1/1

SEAT HEIGHTADJUSTMENT CHECK

T103194 –UN–20AUG96

Turn knob (3) or lift lever to raise or lower seat todesired position.

LOOK: Does seat move up or down and remain indesired position?



– – –1/1

SEAT SWIVEL LINKAGECHECK

T103194 –UN–20AUG96

Lift lever (2) up.

Move seat from loader to backhoe position and engagelatch.

LOOK: Does seat latch move freely and hold seat indesired position?

FEEL: Does lever move freely and hold seat in loaderand backhoe positions?


NO: Lubricate or repairlinkage. See yourauthorized dealer.

– – –1/1

SEAT BACK LINKAGECHECK

T103194 –UN–20AUG96

Lift lever (4) up.

Position seat back as desired and engage latch.

FEEL: Does lever move freely and hold seat in desiredpositions?


NO: Lubricate or repairlinkage. See yourauthorized dealer.

– – –1/1

LEFT CAB DOOR LATCHAND OPENER CHECK

Unlatch door.

Observe door as it opens.

Pull door closed and latch it.

FEEL: Does cab door latch work freely?

LOOK: Will door cylinder push door open?

LOOK: Does cab door contact door stop bumper before door cylinder bottoms?


NO: Adjust cab door. Seeyour authorized dealer.

95-21 120699

PN=261


– – –1/1

RIGHT DOOR LATCHAND OPENER CHECK (IFEQUIPPED)

Unlatch door and pull door open.

Close and latch door.

FEEL: Does cab door latch work freely?


NO: Adjust door. Seeyour authorized dealer.

– – –1/1

REAR WINDOW LATCHAND OPENER CHECKS

Squeeze latches on both sides of middle rear window. Lower window to rubberbumpers.

Push latch releases on upper rear window.

Observe window as it opens.

Push window up and into window catches and note fit.

Observe cylinders while closing window. Raise middle window and push into latches.

LOOK: Do window latches and hinges move freely?

LOOK: Will the gas-filled cylinders slowly assist raising the window to open position?

NOTE: Cylinders must not be at end of travel when closing window.

LOOK: Do window catches hold and not bow the window in the up position?


NO: Check forobstructions. See yourauthorized dealer.

– – –1/1

SIDE WINDOW CHECKS

T6171DF –UN–09DEC88

Open left and right rear side windows.

Fasten rear window against front window.

LOOK: Does sleeve on rear window align with knob onfront window?

LOOK/FEEL: Do hinges move freely? Are locking latchesequally loaded when closed?


NO: Adjust windows. Seeyour authorized dealer.

95-22 120699

PN=262


– – –1/1

BLOWER MOTORCHECK

T101677 –UN–28JUN96

Engine OFF key switch ON.

Turn blower switch (A) to position 1, 2, 3 and 4.

FEEL/LISTEN: Does blower fan have four speeds?

Does air exit from ducts?


NO: Check wiringharness. See yourauthorized dealer.

– – –1/1

HEATER

T101678 –UN–28JUN96

Start engine and run at fast idle.

Wait two minutes.

Turn heater temperature switch (A) to maximum heat. Turn blower switch (B) to highspeed.

FEEL: Is air from ducts warm?



95-23 120699

PN=263


– – –1/1

AIR CONDITIONER (IFEQUIPPED)

T101679 –UN–28JUN96

Start engine and run at fast idle.

Turn air conditioner switch (A) to ON position.

Turn blower switch (B) to high speed.

Turn temperature switch (C) to cold position.

Wait for any warm air in duct system to dissipate.

FEEL: Is air from ducts cool?



– – –1/1

REAR WINDSHIELDWIPER CHECK

Turn key to ON position.

Push rear wiper rocker switch to first detent, middle position.

Push rear wiper rocker switch all the way in.

Push rear wiper switch to OFF position.

LOOK: Rear wiper must operate and have two speeds.

LOOK: Wipers must return to park position.


NO: Check fuse. Checkrear wiper. See yourauthorized dealer.

– – –1/1

FRONT WINDSHIELDWIPER CHECK


Push front wiper rocker switch to first detent, middle position.

Push front wiper switch all the way in.

Push front wiper switch to OFF position.

LOOK: Do both front wipers operate and have two speeds?

LOOK: Do wipers return to the park position?


NO: Check fuse. Checkfront wiper. See yourauthorized dealer.

95-24 120699

PN=264


– – –1/1

FRONT WINDSHIELDWASHER CHECK


Push windshield washer rocker switch in.

LOOK: Fluid must spray on both front windows. Rocker switch must return to OFFposition.


NO: Check fluid level,and fluid lines forblockage. Check wiring.See your authorizeddealer.

– – –1/1

CAB DOME LIGHTCHECK


Push dome light switch to ON position.

LOOK: Do lights come ON?


NO: Check fuse andbulbs. Check wiring. Seeyour authorized dealer.

– – –1/1

MISCELLANEOUS CHECKS

– – –1/1

VANDAL PROTECTIONCHECK

Lock cab door(s) using ignition key.

FEEL: Does lock operate freely and key not stick in lock?


NO: Lubricate or repairlock. See your authorizeddealer.

95-25 120699

PN=265


– – –1/1

CHECK PERIODICMAINTENANCE DECAL

Check periodic maintenance decal on inside of hood access door.

LOOK: Is periodic maintenance decal legible?


NO: Replace decal. Go toJohn Deere Dealer forpart.

– – –1/1

BACKHOE TRANSPORTPIN CHECK

Raise boom into transport position.

Remove swing lock pin from holder in cab and install through top and bottom holes ofswing frame and through main frame.

LOOK: Does swing lock pin install freely?

YES: OperationalCheckout completed.

NO: Repair or replaceswing lock pin. Check pinbore for burrs orobstruction. See yourauthorized dealer.

95-26 120699

PN=266

Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2193 –19–07OCT96–1/1

NOTE: Diagnostic charts are arranged from mostprobable and simplest to verify, to least likely andmore difficult to verify. Remember the followingsteps when diagnosing a problem:

Step 1. Operational Checkout Procedure

Step 2. Troubleshooting Charts

Step 3. Adjustments and/or Tests

Step 4. See your authorized dealer.

100-1 120699

PN=267

Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2194 –19–07OCT96–1/9

ENGINE

Symptom Problem Solution

Engine Will Not Start Or Starts Fuel tank empty Check fuel quantity.Hard

Fuel tank vent plugged Remove cap and listen for sound ofair entering tank. Replace cap.

No electrical power to injection pump Turn key switch to ON position. Mustsolenoid hear click at injection pump. Replace

fuse. Repair wiring.

Water in fuel or water frozen in fuel Drain water from fuel tank. Inspectline fuel filter for water. Change filter.

Debris in fuel or wrong grade of fuel Check fuel tank outlet strainer fortype of fuel debris. Check bottom offuel tank for debris. Clean tank. Addfuel. Check grade of fuel. Addcorrect fuel. (See Fuels andLubricants chapter.)

Air leak on suction side of fuel Check for bubbles in fuel filter andsystem tighten connections. Inspect fuel

lines for damage.

Fuel transfer pump diaphragm Check engine oil for fuel dilution.leaking

Slow cranking speed Check battery and connections.Incorrect engine oil (cold weather).

Restricted air filter Check air filter restriction indicatorand air filters. Clean.

Stuck injection pump metering valve. Tap injection pump housing (lightly)if engine now starts. Replacemetering valve. See your authorizeddealer.

Faulty electric shutoff Test shutoff solenoid. See yourauthorized dealer.

Improper injection pump timing See your authorized dealer.

100-2 120699

PN=268


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2194 –19–07OCT96–2/9


Injection pump See your authorized dealer.

Injection nozzle(s) Remove and test nozzles. See yourauthorized dealer.

Worn compression rings or low See your authorized dealer.compression

Blown head gasket See your authorized dealer.

Engine Surges Or Stalls Air in fuel Inspect filter for evidence of air inFrequently fuel. Tighten connections and bleed

fuel system.

Fuel tank vent plugged Remove cap and listen for sound ofair entering tank. Replace cap.

Debris in fuel or wrong grade of fuel Check fuel tank outlet strainer fordebris. Check bottom of fuel tank fordebris. Clean tank. Add fuel. Checkgrade of fuel.

Water in fuel Drain fuel tank and inspect filterelement for water. Replace filters.

Fuel filter plugged Replace filter.

Return line from injection pump to See your authorized dealer.tank restricted

Fuel injection pump out of time See your authorized dealer.

Check return oil fitting on top of See your authorized dealer.injection pump control coverplugged.

Injection pump metering valve See your authorized dealer.sticking

Engine overheating See your authorized dealer.

Fuel transfer pump See your authorized dealer.

Fuel injection pump See your authorized dealer.

100-3 120699

PN=269


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2194 –19–07OCT96–3/9


Injection nozzle(s) See your authorized dealer.

Improper valve clearance Check and adjust valve clearance.

Valve sticking or burned See your authorized dealer.

Worn or broken compression rings See your authorized dealer.or cylinder head gasket leaking

Engine Misses Air in fuel Check for evidence of air in filter.Tighten connections and bleed fuelsystem.

Debris in fuel or wrong grade of fuel Check fuel tank for water. Check fueltank strainer and fuel filter for debris.Clean. Check grade of fuel.

Idle speeds out of adjustment (too See your authorized dealer.low)

Fuel injection pump out of time See your authorized dealer.

Fuel transfer pump See your authorized dealer.

Injection pump governor faulty or See your authorized dealer.metering valve sticking

Engine overheating See your authorized dealer.

Incorrect valve clearance Check and adjust valve clearance.

Bent push rods See your authorized dealer.

Cylinder head gasket leaking See your authorized dealer.

Valve sticking or burned See your authorized dealer.

Worn or broken compression rings See your authorized dealer.


Injection nozzle(s) plugged See your authorized dealer.

Engine Does Not Develop Power Fuel tank outlet strainer plugged Check fuel tank for water or debris.Remove and clean.

100-4 120699

PN=270


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2194 –19–07OCT96–4/9


Fuel filter plugged Replace fuel filter.

Wrong grade of fuel Drain and add correct fuel.

Air system restricted Check air filter restriction and airfilters. Clean.

Incorrect high idle speed (too low) or Adjust linkage. Check high idlelinkage out of adjustment speed. See your authorized dealer.

Incorrect engine or injection pump See your authorized dealer.timing

Incorrect valve clearance Adjust valve clearance.

Injection pump return fuel tube or See your authorized dealer.fittings are restricted

Fuel transfer pump malfunction See your authorized dealer.

Fuel line restricted See your authorized dealer.

Excess drag in brake system See your authorized dealer.

Excess drag in axle See your authorized dealer.

Muffler restricted See your authorized dealer.

Injection pump delivery or governor See your authorized dealer.faulty


Low compression See your authorized dealer.

Worn camshaft See your authorized dealer.

Engine Emits Excessive Black or Restricted air filter Check air filter restriction and airGray Exhaust Smoke filters. Clean or replace.

Incorrect grade of fuel Drain and add correct fuel.

Incorrect injection pump timing See your authorized dealer.

Excessive fuel delivery See your authorized dealer.

100-5 120699

PN=271


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2194 –19–07OCT96–5/9



Turbocharger not functioning See your authorized dealer.

Engine Emits Excessive Blue or Cranking speed too slow Check batteries and connections.White Smoke

Incorrect grade of fuel Drain and add correct fuel.

Engine running too cold Check thermostat operation. Seeyour authorized dealer.

Injection pump out of time See your authorized dealer.


Low compression See your authorized dealer.

Excessive wear in liners and/or See your authorized dealer.piston rings stuck

Slow Acceleration Wrong grade of fuel Drain and add correct fuel.



Detonation (Excess Engine Low engine oil level. Add oil.Knock)

Stuck cold weather starting aid See your authorized dealer.


Low coolant temperature See your authorized dealer.

Abnormal Engine Noise Low or incorrect engine oil (too thin) Add correct oil to proper level.

Loose or worn hydraulic pump drive See your authorized dealer.coupling

Engine oil diluted with fuel Inspect engine oil. See yourauthorized dealer.

Incorrect fuel injection pump timing See your authorized dealer.

100-6 120699

PN=272


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2194 –19–07OCT96–6/9


Excessive valve clearance Adjust valve clearance.

Bent push rods See your authorized dealer.

Worn rocker arm shafts See your authorized dealer.

Loose connecting rod caps See your authorized dealer.

Loose main bearing caps See your authorized dealer.

Worn main bearings See your authorized dealer.

Worn connecting rod bearings See your authorized dealer.

Incorrect cam timing See your authorized dealer.

Scored piston See your authorized dealer.

Worn piston pin bushings and pins See your authorized dealer.

Low Oil Pressure (Oil Pressure Low oil level Add oil to proper level. InspectLight On—Red "Stop" Flashing) engine oil.

Wrong viscosity oil/oil diluted with Change oil and see your authorizeddiesel fuel dealer.

Oil pressure switch or indicator See your authorized dealer.

Oil pressure regulating valve See your authorized dealer.

Plugged or broken oil pump intake See your authorized dealer.screen

Loose oil pump drive gear See your authorized dealer.

Worn oil pump gear or housing See your authorized dealer.

Excessive main bearing, connecting See your authorized dealer.rod or balance shaft clearance

Cracked cylinder block See your authorized dealer.

Leakage at internal oil passage See your authorized dealer.

100-7 120699

PN=273


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2194 –19–07OCT96–7/9


Engine Overheats (Engine Low coolant level Fill cooling system and check forCoolant Indicator Light On And leaks.Red "Stop" Flashing)

Low engine oil level Add oil.

Loose or broken fan belt See your authorized dealer.

Engine overloaded, operating in Reduce load.wrong gear

Fan on backwards See your authorized dealer.

Radiator dirty or plugged See your authorized dealer.

Radiator shroud missing, damaged See your authorized dealer.or baffles missing

Improper fuel Drain and add correct fuel.

Radiator cap Replace cap.

Faulty temperature sender See your authorized dealer.


Excessive axle drag Check axle drag. See OperationalCheckout Procedure.

Excessive brake drag Check Brake drag. See OperationalCheckout Procedure.

Faulty thermostat (Stuck closed) See your authorized dealer.

Thermostat missing, cooling system See your authorized dealer.coated with lime deposits

Water pump See your authorized dealer.

Excessive fuel delivery See your authorized dealer.

Scored piston See your authorized dealer.

Engine Runs Cold Thermostat (stuck open) See your authorized dealer.

100-8 120699

PN=274


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2194 –19–07OCT96–8/9


Oil In Coolant or Coolant In Oil Leaking cylinder head gasket See your authorized dealer.

Leaking cylinder liner packing See your authorized dealer.

Cracked cylinder liner See your authorized dealer.

Oil cooler See your authorized dealer.

Cracked cylinder block See your authorized dealer.

Excessive Fuel Consumption Air system restricted Check filter restriction indicator andair filters. Replace.

Leakage in fuel system Inspect. Repair.

Incorrect grade of fuel Refill with correct fuel.

Operator holding hydraulics over Return control levers to neutralrelief. position.

High system relief valve setting See your authorized dealer.


Faulty injection nozzle(s) See your authorized dealer.

Turbocharger Excessively Noisy Bearings not lubricated See your authorized dealer.or Vibrates

Worn bearings See your authorized dealer.

Air leak in engine, intake or exhaust See your authorized dealer.manifold

Improper clearance between turbine See your authorized dealer.wheel and turbine housing

Broken blades on turbine See your authorized dealer.

Oil Dripping From Turbocharger Damaged or worn bearings and/or See your authorized dealer.Adapter worn seals

Excessive crankcase pressure See your authorized dealer.

100-9 120699

PN=275


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2194 –19–07OCT96–9/9


Turbocharger oil return line carbon See your authorized dealer.buildup where line passes exhaustmanifold.

Excessive Drag In Turbocharger Carbon build-up behind turbine See your authorized dealer.Rotating Members wheel caused by combustion

deposits

Dirt build-up behind compressor See your authorized dealer.wheel caused by air intake leaks

Bearing seizure or dirty or worn Check for plugged air filters.bearings caused by excessivetemperature, unbalanced wheel, dirtyoil, oil starvation, or insufficientlubrication

100-10 120699

PN=276

Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2195 –19–07OCT96–1/5

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM


Starting Motor Will Not Turn Start fuse. Check and replace if necessary.

Loose red connector. Check under loader control lever andpush connectors together.

Starter. Listen for “click” from startersolenoid. If “click” is not heard, thestarter control circuit is functioning. If“click” is not heard, repair starter.See your authorized dealer.

Start relay. With the machine in neutral andclutch disconnect switch depressed,remove left-hand engine side shieldand listen for “click” from starterrelay when the key switch is movedto START position. If “click” is heard,the key switch, circuit breaker, startfuse, connectors, and neutral startswitch are functioning and the starterrelay, relay ground, or starter isworn. See your authorized dealer.

Loose “bullet” connectors on start See your authorized dealer.fuse holder.

Key switch. See your authorized dealer.

Neutral start switch. See your authorized dealer.

Start relay ground. See your authorized dealer.

Start relay contacts. See your authorized dealer.

Battery. See your authorized dealer.

Corroded, loose, or broken battery See your authorized dealer.post.

Wiring. See your authorized dealer.

Excessive power train load. Depress clutch disconnect switch.

100-11 120699

PN=277


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2195 –19–07OCT96–2/5


Starter Solenoid Chatters Poor or corroded connections at Inspect, clean, and tighten ifbattery, battery ground strap, or necessary.starter.

Low battery voltage. See your authorized dealer.

Starting Motor Spins But Will Not Pinion gear not moving into engine See your authorized dealer.Crank Engine flywheel ring gear.

Broken teeth on flywheel. See your authorized dealer.

Engine Cranks Slowly Loose or corroded battery cables. Inspect and clean or tighten.

Loose battery ground cable. Open battle cry cover and inspectand tighten battery ground cable.

Excessive power train load. Depress clutch disconnect switch.

Excessive engine load. Change engine oil to proper gradefor temperature.


Starting Motor Continues To Run Starter solenoid stuck. Lightly tap on case of startersolenoid.

Starter not disengaging. Lightly tap on starter case todetermine if starter “shift” lever isstuck.

Starter relay stuck on. Lightly tap on starter relay todetermine if relay is stuck.

Wiring harness. See your authorized dealer.

Excessive Noise When Engine Is Broken teeth in ring gear. See your authorized dealer.Cranking

Overrunning clutch slippage. See your authorized dealer.

Starting motor. See your authorized dealer.

Battery Uses Too Much Water Cracked battery case. Replace battery.

100-12 120699

PN=278


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2195 –19–07OCT96–3/5


High ambient temperature. Refill with distilled water.

Battery cell. Check if one or more cells take morewater than others.

Battery being overcharged. See your authorized dealer.

Cracked Battery Case No battery hold down clamp. Replace battery and install holddown clamp.

Loose battery hold down clamp. Replace battery and install holddown clamp.

Battery hold down clamp too tight. Replace battery and install batteryhold down clamp properly.

Frozen battery. Keep battery full charged in coldweather.

Low Battery Output Low water level. Add water.

Dirty or wet battery top causing Clean and wipe battery top dry.discharge.

Corroded or loose battery cables. Clean and tighten battery cables.

Broken battery post. Wiggle battery post by hand. If postwiggles or turns, replace battery.


Battery cell. See your authorized dealer.

Excessive electrical load. See your authorized dealer.

Wrong size battery. See your authorized dealer.

Too many accessories. See your authorized dealer.

Charging Indicator Light Loose or glazed alternator belt. Check belt. Tighten if loose. ReplaceRemains On With Engine if glazed.Running

100-13 120699

PN=279


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2195 –19–07OCT96–4/5


Engine rpm low. Raise engine rpm above 1000 rpm.If light remains on, see yourauthorized dealer.

Diode or phase winding. Increase engine rpm to fast idle. Iflight goes out or gets dim, itindicates a worn diode or phasewinding See your authorized dealer.

Excessive electrical load from added See your authorized dealer.accessories.

Loose or corroded electrical Inspect. Clean, or tighten electricalconnections on battery, ground connections.strap, starter, or alternator.

Battery. See your authorized dealer.

Regulator or alternator. See your authorized dealer.

Monitor/gauge fuse. Turn key switch to BULB CHECKposition. If no lights, replace fuse.

Alternator Light Out But Low Indicator light bulb. Inspect and replace if necessary.Charging System Voltage

Loose wiring connector. Inspect and repair.


High Charging System Voltage Poor connection or broken wire See your authorized dealer.(Battery Boiling) between alternator and starter

solenoid.

Regulator. See your authorized dealer.

Noisy Alternator Worn bearings in alternator. Remove belt and feel for roughbearing while turning alternatorpulley.

Drive belt. Inspect and replace if necessary.

Pulley not aligned. Inspect.

100-14 120699

PN=280


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2195 –19–07OCT96–5/5


Loose alternator belt or mounting. Inspect and tighten if necessary.

Diodes. See your authorized dealer.

100-15 120699

PN=281

Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2196 –19–07OCT96–1/4

GAUGES AND INDICATORS


Fuel Gauge Does Not Move, No Start relay fuse. Replace fuse.indicator Lights, Machine WillNot Crank

Poor or loose red connector from Push red connector together underrelay. loader control lever.

Poor or loose ground connection. Check ground screw under loadercontrol lever.

Fuel Gauge Does Not Move, No Gauge fuse. Replace fuse.Indicator Lights, But MachineWill Crank

Poor or loose ground connection. Check ground screw under loadercontrol lever.

Machine Cranks But Will Not Fuel shutoff fuse. Replace fuse.Start

Wire to injection. Repair wire.

Ground solenoid. Repair ground.

Injection pump. Replace solenoid.

Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator light. Turn key switch to BULB CHECK. IfIndicator Light Does Not Indicate no light, replace bulb.Overheating Or Bulb Does NotLight In BULB CHECK Position

Wire or connector. See your authorized dealer.

Sender. Replace sender.

Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Gauge fuse. Replace fuse.Will Not Light

Indicator light. Turn key switch to BULB CHECK. Ifno light, replace bulb.

100-16 120699

PN=282


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2196 –19–07OCT96–2/4


Wire, connector or sender. Ground yellow wire at sender.Indicator must light. If not, repairwiring or replace sender.

Alternator Indicator Will Not Monitor/gauge fuse. Replace fuse.Light

Indicator light. Turn key switch to BULB CHECK. Ifindicator does not light, replace bulb.

Wire or connector. See your authorized dealer.

Monitor Lights Do Not Come On Monitor/gauge fuse. Replace fuse.During BULB CHECK

Indicator light. Replace bulb.

Wire or connection. See your authorized dealer.

Monitor module. See your authorized dealer.

Fuel Gauge Shows Empty At All Poor ground connections at gauge. Remove dash panel and checkTimes gauge mounting hardware.

Poor power connection at gauge. Remove dash panel and checkgauge mounting hardware.

Hole in fuel sender float. Look at float in tank to see if it isfloating. Replace sender unit.Ground fuel sender. Gauge mustindicate full. If it does not, the wiringis defective. Repair wiring. See yourauthorized dealer.

Gauge. Replace gauge.

Fuel Gauge Shows Full At All Open circuit at sender or wire. Remove wire at sender. If gauge stillTimes indicates full, locate and repair short

between sender and gauge.

100-17 120699

PN=283


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2196 –19–07OCT96–3/4


Sender float stuck. Look in fuel tank. See if float isabove fuel level. Repair or replacesender. Remove sender wire. Ifgauge still indicates full, replacegauge.

Horn Does Not Sound Horn ground. Ground horn to machine frame.

Horn fuse. Check and replace.

Horn. Replace horn.

Horn button. Replace horn button.


Windshield Wiper Does Not Wiper fuse. Check and replace.Operate

Loose or broken wire. Inspect wiring for breaks or looseconnections. Repair.

Wiper switch. See your authorized dealer.

Wiper motor. See your authorized dealer.

Heater Fan Does Not Operate Heater fuse. Check and replace.

Loose or broken wire. Inspect wiring for breaks or looseconnections. Repair.

Heater switch. See your authorized dealer.

Heater motor. See your authorized dealer.

No Work Or Driving Lights Driving light fuse. Check and replace.

Poor ground. Inspect and tighten.

Light switch. See your authorized dealer.

Burned out bulb. Replace with new bulb.

Rear Lights Do Not Operate Loose connector in wiring harness of Inspect and reconnect.ROPS.

100-18 120699

PN=284


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2196 –19–07OCT96–4/4


Poor ground at light. Inspect and tighten.

Dim Lights Low battery charge. Check battery connections.

Low alternator output. Check belt tension and adjust.

Poor ground at lights. Clean and tighten.

Return-To-Dig Does Not Operate Return-to-dig/beacon/pump fuse. Replace fuse.

Boom switch out of adjustment. Check cam to see if it activatesswitch. Adjust as required. SeeAdjusting Loader Bucket LevelSelf-Leveling Linkage andReturn-to-Dig in this manual,Chapter 35.

Wiring. Inspect and repair wiring.

Solenoid on loader valve. See your authorized dealer.

Neutral Disconnect Does Not FNR/park brake fuse. Replace fuse.Disengage.

Park brake switch See your authorized dealer.

Loader lever switch See your authorized dealer.

Gear shift lever switch See your authorized dealer.

Wire. Inspect and repair wire.

Solenoid. Replace solenoid. See yourauthorized dealer.

100-19 120699

PN=285

Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2210 –19–08OCT96–1/7

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM


Reservoir Drains When Changing Return tube vent hole in reservoir Remove, inspect and repair. SeeHydraulic Filter may be plugged. your authorized dealer.

Vent tube broken off inside reservoir. Remove and repair. See yourauthorized dealer.

No Loader Or Steering Low oil level. Add oil to correct level.Hydraulics

Failed pump drive shaft. Replace. See your authorizeddealer.

Pump problem. Remove hydraulic filter and inspect.If filter contains excessive amountsof metal material, see yourauthorized dealer.

Obstruction in oil lines or valves. Inspect for pinched lines or stuckvalve spools. See your authorizeddealer.

No Loader Hydraulics (Steering Loader system relief problem. Check system relief. See yourOK) authorized dealer.

Low loader hydraulic power. Incorrect loader system reliefpressure setting. See yourauthorized dealer.

Low Hydraulic Power Hydraulic oil aerated. Incorrect oil; drain and refill. Suctionhose has air leak; inspect andtighten.

Leakage within work circuit. See your authorized dealer.

Low oil level. Check oil levels. (See Fuels andLubricants chapter.)

Incorrect system relief pressure See your authorized dealer.setting.

Slow Steering Hydraulics Priority valve. See your authorized dealer.

100-20 120699

PN=286


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2210 –19–08OCT96–2/7


Steering valve leakage. See your authorized dealer.

Steering cylinder leakage. See your authorized dealer.

Steering linkage. Inspect and repair. See yourauthorized dealer.

No Steering Hydraulics (Loader Priority valve problem. See your authorized dealer.Hydraulics OK)

Worn steering pressure regulating See your authorized dealer.valve.

Machine Transport Speed Is Low Engine or transmission problem. See your authorized dealer.

Hydraulic system restrictors. See your authorized dealer.

Engine Pulls Down Excessively System relief pressure setting too See your authorized dealer.During Loader Operation high.

Engine not operating to Check engine performance. Seespecifications. your authorized dealer.

Engine Pulls Down Excessively System relief high pressure setting See your authorized dealer.During Backhoe Operation too high.

Pump unloading problem. See your authorized dealer.

Slow Backhoe Hydraulics— Auxiliary pump flow low. Check auxiliary pump flow. See yourLoader OK authorized dealer.

Pump unloading relief setting too See your authorized dealer.low.

Auxiliary pump solenoid problem. See your authorized dealer.

Control valve worn. See your authorized dealer.

Slow Hydraulic Functions Low pump flow. See your authorized dealer.

System relief leaking. See your authorized dealer.

Low oil level. Add oil to correct level. (See Fuelsand Lubricants chapter.)

100-21 120699

PN=287


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2210 –19–08OCT96–3/7


Engine rpm too low. Increase rpm or check enginespeed. (See Check Engine Speed inthis manual.)

Hydraulic oil aerated. Incorrect oil; drain and refill. Suctionhose has air leak; inspect andtighten. (See Fuels and Lubricantschapter.)

Hose or line leakage. Inspect and tighten fittings.

System relief valve stuck or leaking. See your authorized dealer.

Loader Or Backhoe Operates Control valve section problem. See your authorized dealer.Slowly In One Function

Control lever and linkage out of Inspect lever and linkage. See youradjustment. authorized dealer.

Circuit relief valve or plug leakage in See your authorized dealer.control valve.

Hydraulic cylinder leakage. See your authorized dealer.

Bent cylinder rod. See your authorized dealer.

No Loader Or Backhoe Power In Control lever and linkage out of Inspect lever and linkage. See yourOne Function adjustment. authorized dealer.

Circuit relief valve or plug leakage in See your authorized dealer.control valve.

Bent or restricted line. Inspect and repair.

Hydraulic control valve not operating Remove, inspect and repair. Seeproperly. your authorized dealer.

Slow Loader And Backhoe Hydraulic oil aerated. Incorrect oil; drain and refill. SuctionHydraulics (Low Pump Output) hose has air leak; inspect and

tighten. (See Fuels and Lubricantschapter.)

Incorrect system relief valve setting. See your authorized dealer.

100-22 120699

PN=288


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2210 –19–08OCT96–4/7


Main pump. See your authorized dealer.

Low Hydraulic Power (Low Low oil level (no aeration of oil). Add oil to correct level. (See FuelsHydraulic Pressure) and Lubricants chapter.)


Incorrect system relief valve. See your authorized dealer.

Incorrect system relief valve setting. See your authorized dealer.

Leakage within work circuit. See your authorized dealer.

Excessive leakage in hydraulic See your authorized dealer.system.

Hydraulic Function Makes Low oil level. Add oil to correct level. (See FuelsChattering Noise and Lubricants chapter.)


Worn or wrong circuit relief valve See your authorized dealer.installed in backhoe valve.

Functions Drift Oil leaking past valve port. See your authorized dealer.

Oil leaking past cylinders or valve. See your authorized dealer.

Control Valve Sticks Or Works Control valve linkage binding. Inspect and adjust linkage. See yourHard authorized dealer.

Hydraulic system overheating. See your authorized dealer.

Return spring rubbing on spring cap. See your authorized dealer.

Broken return spring. See your authorized dealer.

100-23 120699

PN=289


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2210 –19–08OCT96–5/7


Contamination in control valve. Remove and clean. See yourauthorized dealer.

Scored valve bore or bent spool. See your authorized dealer.

Hydraulic Oil Overheats Excessive load. Reduce load.

Operator holding hydraulic system Return levers to neutral when not inover relief. use.

Oil levels too low in reservoir. Check levels and add oil. Userecommended oil. (See Fuels andLubricants chapter.)

Using low viscosity oil in hot Use recommended oil. (See Fuelsweather. and Lubricants chapter.)

Hydraulic cooling system restricted Clean around radiators and coolers.

Incorrect system relief valve See your authorized dealer.pressure.

Priority valve problem. See your authorized dealer.

Plugged oil cooler. Clean oil cooler.

Excessive leakage in the hydraulic See your authorized dealer.system.

Foaming Oil Oil level too low or too high. Check oil level. Adjust to full markon sight gauge.

Incorrect type of oil. Use recommended oil. (See Fuelsand Lubricants chapter.)

Air leak on suction side of pump. See your authorized dealer.

Oil maintenance not performed. Perform correct maintenance. (SeePeriodic Maintenance chapter.)

Hydraulic Pump Leaking Cap screws that hold pump sections Tighten to torque specifications. Seeare loose. your authorized dealer.

Worn shaft seal. See your authorized dealer.

100-24 120699

PN=290


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2210 –19–08OCT96–6/7


Broken pump seal or backup gasket. See your authorized dealer.

Hydraulic oil overheating. Determine cause of overheating.See Hydraulic Oil Overheats in thischapter.

Excessive Pump Noise Low oil level. Add oil to correct level.

Hydraulic filter bypass valve Replace filter. Inspect, clean, andchattering. repair.

Worn pump drive. See your authorized dealer.

Oil lines in contact with operator’s See your authorized dealer.station. (Worn cab, transmission, orcanopy rubber isolators.)

Pump attaching hardware loose. Retighten to specification. (SeeMaintenance chapter.)

Leakage in hydraulic circuit. See your authorized dealer.

Steering Valve Does Not Return Broken centering springs See your authorized dealer.To Neutral

Damaged steering valve sleeve. See your authorized dealer.

No Response When Steering Low oil level Check reservoir oil level.Wheel Is Turned

External leakage. See your authorized dealer.

Priority valve problem. See your authorized dealer.

Steering valve leakage. See your authorized dealer.

Steering cylinder leakage. See your authorized dealer.

Worn main pump. See your authorized dealer.

Machine Turns In Opposite Steering cylinder lines not connected Connect steering cylinder lines toDirection properly. opposite ports.

100-25 120699

PN=291


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2210 –19–08OCT96–7/7


Excessive Vibration Of Steering Misalignment of steering valve See your authorized dealer.Wheel gerotor.

Machine Turns When Steering Steering valve leakage. See your authorized dealer.Valve Is In Neutral

Misalignment of steering column to See your authorized dealer.steering valve.

Steering Wheel Kickback Check valve leakage. See your authorized dealer.

Steering Wheel Turns Hard Check valve leakage. See your authorized dealer.

100-26 120699

PN=292

Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2198 –19–07OCT96–1/5

TRANSMISSION


Machine Will Not Move In Low oil level in transmission Add oil to correct level.Forward Or Reverse

Brakes dragging See your authorized dealer.

Park brake not releasing See your authorized dealer.

Disconnect clutch not disengaging See your authorized dealer.

Restricted modulation orifice See your authorized dealer.

Worn or slipping forward/reverse See your authorized dealer.clutch disks

Clutch disconnect switch is not See your authorized dealer.hooked up

Low or no system pressure See your authorized dealer.

Converter drive splines worn or not See your authorized dealer.engaged in pump drive shaft

Pump gears seized See your authorized dealer.

Mechanical failure in transmission See your authorized dealer.

Transmission shifter forks and/or See your authorized dealer.shaft broken

Broken drive shafts Inspect drive shafts and universaljoints for external damage. See yourauthorized dealer.

Broken ring or pinion gear See your authorized dealer.

Solenoids worn or have no power See your authorized dealer.

Transmission Slippage Low oil level Add oil.

Wrong oil grade Change oil.

Leak in transmission control valve or See your authorized dealer.gaskets

100-27 120699

PN=293


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2198 –19–07OCT96–2/5


Low transmission pump flow due to See your authorized dealer.worn pump

Converter bad See your authorized dealer.

Weak or broken pressure regulating See your authorized dealer.valve spring

Machine “Creeps” With FNR In Warped disks and plates in See your authorized dealer.Neutral transmission

Piston in clutch pack stuck See your authorized dealer.

Staked ball in end of clutch shafts See your authorized dealer.came out

Solenoid stuck See your authorized dealer.

Seals blown See your authorized dealer.

Machine Lacks Power Or Moves Oil level is low Add oil to correct level.Slow

Wrong oil, aerated oil Change oil.

Brake dragging Check for excessive heat in brakearea of axle housing after operatingmachine. See your authorizeddealer.

Park brake dragging, piston stuck See your authorized dealer.

Engine fast idle speed set too low See your authorized dealer.

Low pressure in transmission system See your authorized dealer.

Clutch pack slipping See your authorized dealer.

Clutch pack dragging, disks warped See your authorized dealer.

Failed torque converter See your authorized dealer.

Wrong torque converter See your authorized dealer.

Low engine power See your authorized dealer.

100-28 120699

PN=294


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2198 –19–07OCT96–3/5


Mechanical failure in transmission or See your authorized dealer.axle

Transmission Shifts Too Slow Low or high oil level (aeration of oil) Add oil or drain.

Wrong oil Change oil.

Transmission pump malfunction See your authorized dealer.

Transmission pump oil pickup See your authorized dealer.blocked

Pressure regulating valve setting See your authorized dealer.incorrect

Clutch pack slipping See your authorized dealer.

Restricted modulation orifice See your authorized dealer.

Control valve leaking See your authorized dealer.

Restricted oil passage to clutch pack See your authorized dealer.

Transmission Shifts Too Fast Pressure regulating valve blocked See your authorized dealer.

Modulation valve piston stuck or See your authorized dealer.spring broken

Transmission Overheats Oil level too high or too low Check oil level and correct.

Incorrect type of oil Drain and replace oil.

Clutch pack dragging, worn disks See your authorized dealer.

Torque converter stalled excessively See your authorized dealer.

Operating in too high a gear Operate one gear lower.

Oil cooler air flow restricted See your authorized dealer.

Missing baffles, damaged fan See your authorized dealer.shrouds or loose fan belt

Oil cooler restricted internally See your authorized dealer.

100-29 120699

PN=295


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2198 –19–07OCT96–4/5


Oil flow to or from cooler restricted See your authorized dealer.

Converter-in relief valve stuck open See your authorized dealer.or broken spring

Torque converter malfunction See your authorized dealer.

Low transmission pump flow See your authorized dealer.

Transmission mechanical See your authorized dealer.malfunction

Engine over-fueled See your authorized dealer.

Excessive Power Train Noise Engine low idle too slow See your authorized dealer.

Oil level low Fill to correct oil level.

Worn or damaged parts in See your authorized dealer.transmission or axle.

Worn universal joints on drive shaft See your authorized dealer.

Misalignment of power train See your authorized dealer.components

No oil in lube circuit See your authorized dealer.

Hydraulic lines in contact with power See your authorized dealer.train components

Assembly adjustments or setting See your authorized dealer.made incorrectly

Excessive Gear Clash When Attempt to shift too fast See Operator’s Manual forShifting instructions.

Shifting without using disconnect Depress clutch disconnect whenclutch shifting.

Shifters worn or broken See your authorized dealer.

Synchronizer malfunction See your authorized dealer.

100-30 120699

PN=296


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2198 –19–07OCT96–5/5


Transmission Pressure Light Cold oil Warm oil to specifications.Comes On

Low oil level Add oil.

Plugged oil filter Inspect filter. Replace.

Low transmission pressure, leak See your authorized dealer.

Transmission pump malfunction See your authorized dealer.

100-31 120699

PN=297

Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2199 –19–07OCT96–1/1

MFWD


No Power To MFWD Drive shaft failure See your authorized dealer.

See your authorized dealer. Inspect and repair. See TechnicalManual.

Failed axle shaft in MFWD See your authorized dealer.

Failed ring gear or pinion in front See your authorized dealer.axle

Failed MFWD gear train components See your authorized dealer.in transmission

No Power To One Wheel Of Wheel U-joint failure See your authorized dealer.MFWD

Failed outboard planetary See your authorized dealer.

Failed axle shaft in MFWD See your authorized dealer.

Failed limited-slip in MFWD See your authorized dealer.

MFWD Will Not Disengage Solenoid worn or has no power See your authorized dealer.

Clutch stuck. See your authorized dealer.

Internal transmission leak (MFWD See your authorized dealer.tube)

100-32 120699

PN=298

Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2200 –19–07OCT96–1/3

REAR AXLE


No Differential Lock Operation Malfunction in electrical circuit to With engine stopped and key switchsolenoid turn to accessory, activate

differential lock and listen for a clickfrom solenoid valve.

Do Differential Lock OperationalChecks.

Stuck differential lock solenoid valve With engine stopped and key switchturn to accessory, activatedifferential lock and listen for a clickfrom solenoid valve. See yourauthorized dealer.

Excessive leakage in differential lock See your authorized dealer.piston seals

Stuck differential lock piston Disassemble, inspect, repair. Seeyour authorized dealer.

Excessive wear on differential lock Disassemble, inspect, repair. Seeengaging gears your authorized dealer.

Differential Lock Slips Or Excessive leakage differential lock See your authorized dealer.Chatters When Engaged piston seals

Failed seals on differential lock See your authorized dealer.solenoid valve

Stuck differential lock piston See your authorized dealer.

Excessive wear of differential lock See your authorized dealer.engaging gears

Differential Lock Will Not Release Stuck foot switch Inspect.

Malfunction in electrical circuit With engine stopped and key switchon, activate differential lock andlisten for a click from solenoid valve.See your authorized dealer.

100-33 120699

PN=299


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2200 –19–07OCT96–2/3


Stuck differential lock solenoid valve With engine stopped and key switchon, activate differential lock andlisten for a click from solenoid valve.See your authorized dealer.

Stuck differential lock piston See your authorized dealer.

Stuck differential lock engaging See your authorized dealer.gears

Rear Axle Overfilled With Oil Differential lock piston seals leaking See your authorized dealer.

Service brake piston seals leaking See your authorized dealer.

Park brake piston seals leaking See your authorized dealer.

Poor Service Brakes Air in brake valve or lines or piston Bleed brakes. See Bleeding Brakesin Maintenance chapter.

Brake valve leaks See your authorized dealer.

Brake piston seals leak. See your authorized dealer.

Brake disks worn excessively See your authorized dealer.

Restriction in brake circuit See your authorized dealer.

Low oil level Check oil level and fill.

Service Brakes Will Not Release Brake pedal not returning to full up See your authorized dealer.position

Warped brake disks See your authorized dealer.

Stuck brake piston See your authorized dealer.

No free travel on brake adjusters See your authorized dealer.

Brake valve malfunction See your authorized dealer.

Wrong oil in rear axle Drain and refill with correct oil.

Disks worn excessively See your authorized dealer.

Brake Valve leakage See your authorized dealer.

100-34 120699

PN=300


Troubleshooting

TX,100,BD2200 –19–07OCT96–3/3


Park Brake Will Not Hold Worn parts Inspect and replace. See yourauthorized dealer.

Mechanically disengaged (tow Check and adjust cap screws. Seerelease) Check Park Brake in Maintenance—

As Required chapter.

Park Brake Will Not Release Low hydraulic pressure oil to park See your authorized dealer.brake

Park brake solenoid not working See your authorized dealer.

Piston stuck See your authorized dealer.

100-35 120699

PN=301

Storage

TX,105,FF1190 –19–03AUG92–1/2

PREPARE MACHINE FOR STORAGE

T47

764

–UN–0

9NOV88

T58

13AM

–UN–0

9FEB89

T74

47AO

–19–

22APR91

1. Repair worn or damaged parts. Install new parts, ifnecessary, to avoid needless delays later.

2. Loosen alternator and fan belts.

3. Clean primary air cleaner element.

IMPORTANT: High pressure washing [greater than1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi)] candamage freshly painted finishes. Paintshould be allowed to air dry for 30 daysminimum after receipt of machinebefore cleaning parts or machines withhigh pressure. Use low pressure washoperations until 30 days have elapsed.

4. Wash the machine. Use low pressure wash operations[less than 1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi)] until 30 daysafter receipt of machine have elapsed. Paint areas toprevent rust. Replace decals, where needed.

5. Remove seat cushion and other perishable items.

IMPORTANT: LPS 31 Rust Inhibitor can destroypainted finish. DO NOT spray LPS 3Rust Inhibitor on painted surfaces.

6. Retract all hydraulic cylinders, if possible. If not, coatexposed cylinder rods with LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor.

7. Lubricate all grease points.

8. If possible, raise machine high enough so tires do nottouch the ground. If not, park on a hard surface toprevent tires from freezing to ground.

9. Store machine in a dry, protected place. If storedoutside, cover with a waterproof material.

1LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor is manufactured by Holt Lloyd Corporation.

105-1 120699

PN=302


Storage

TX,105,FF1190 –19–03AUG92–2/2

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage fromunauthorized persons operatingmachine. Attach a DO NOT OPERATEtag to steering wheel.

10. Place a “DO NOT OPERATE” tag on the steeringwheel.

11. Remove keys and lock all covers and doors.

TX,105,FF,400 –19–06SEP94–1/5

MONTHLY STORAGE PROCEDURE

T61

91AA

–UN–1

8OCT88

CAUTION: Engine exhaust fumes can causesickness or death. Start engine ONLY in awell-ventilated area.

1. Drain water and sediment from fuel tank when airtemperature is above freezing.

2. Remove LPS 31 Rust Inhibitor from cylinder rods with acleaning solvent.

1LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor is manufactured by Holt Lloyd Corporation.


105-2 120699

PN=303

Storage

TX,105,FF,400 –19–06SEP94–2/5

T61

81AU

–UN–1

8OCT88

IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage.During cold temperatures, check fluidityof engine oil on dipstick. If the oilappears waxy and/or jelly-like ratherthan liquid, DO NOT attempt to startengine. Use external heat source towarm the crankcase until oil appearsfluid.

3. Check all fluid levels. If low, check for leaks and addoil as required.

4. Check belts.

5. Check condition of all hoses and connections.

6. Check electrolyte level. Charge and install battery.

TX,105,FF,400 –19–06SEP94–3/5

T82

42BD

–UN–1

4MAY94

7. Check condition of tires. Check tire pressure.

8. Fill fuel tank. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)

9. Pre-lubricate turbocharger bearings:

• Disconnect fuel shutoff fuse (B).• Crank engine for 10 seconds.• Connect fuel shutoff fuse.

10. Start engine. Run at 1/2 speed for 5 minutes. Do notrun at fast or slow idle.

11. Bleed fuel system. If engine fails to start or runspoorly after starting, change fuel filter(s). Bleed fuelsystem again.


105-3 120699

PN=304

Storage

TX,105,FF,400 –19–06SEP94–4/5

T72

23BD

–UN–3

0JAN90

12. Make sure that area is clear to allow for machinemovement. Operate (cycle) loader boom and bucket,backhoe boom, dipperstick, bucket, and swingfunctions for three complete cycles.

13. Raise machine until tires are off the ground usingfront bucket and stabilizers. Engage transmission andrun for 5 minutes shifting gears approximately everyminute.

TX,105,FF,400 –19–06SEP94–5/5

T72

23BC

–UN–3

0JAN90

14. Park the machine with cylinder rods retracted.

15. Apply LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor to the exposed cylinderrod areas.

105-4 120699

PN=305

Crime Prevention Tips

DX,CRPRV,A –19–03MAR93–1/1

HELP PREVENT CRIME

TS14

0–1

9–07

OCT88

You can help take a bite out of crime by properlydocumenting ownership and discouraging theft.

DX,CRPRV,H –19–04JUN90–1/1

RECORD IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

TS15

6–U

N–2

3MAR89

1. Mark your machines with your own unique numberingsystem.

2. Record the Product Identification Number (PIN) of theunit and also individual component identificationnumbers for engines, axles, pumps, etc. Include thePIN numbers on all documentation, such as insurance,financial, and warranty papers.

DX,CRPRV,I –19–04JUN90–1/1

KEEP PROOF OF OWNERSHIP

TS15

7–U

N–2

3MAR89

1. Take color photographs from several angles of eachmachine.

2. Maintain an up-to-date inventory of all your machines.

3. Keep your documented identification numbers, colorphotographs, and inventory in a safe, secure location.

110-1 120699

PN=306


DX,CRPRV,J –19–04JUN90–1/1

PARK INDOORS OUT OF SIGHT

TS15

8–U

N–2

3MAR89

Make machines hard to move:

• Park large equipment in front of exits.• Lower equipment to the ground. Remove key.• Remove battery when unit is in storage.• Lock cab doors, windows, and vandal-proof devices.• Lock building.

DX,CRPRV,K –19–04JUN90–1/1

WHEN PARKING OUTDOORS

TS14

4–U

N–2

3AUG88

Make machines hard to move:

• Park in a well-lighted, fenced area.• Lower all equipment to the ground.• Remove ignition key.• Remove battery when unit is in storage.• Lock cab doors, windows, and vandal-proof devices.

TX,110,DH1093 –19–09DEC93–1/1

REDUCE VANDALISM

T72

23BB

–UN–2

2FEB90

1. Install vandal-proof devices.

2. Participate in a neighborhood watch program. Takewritten notes of suspicious vehicles or persons andreport your findings to law enforcement agency.

3. Regularly verify that identification plates have not beenremoved. If they have, notify law enforcement agency.Order duplicate plates from your dealer.

110-2 120699

PN=307


DX,CRPRV,G –19–03MAR93–1/1

REPORT THEFTS IMMEDIATELY

TS14

6–U

N–0

9JAN89

1. Immediately notify your local law enforcement agencyand insurance agent.

2. Provide a complete description of the machine, all ofthe documented identification numbers and colorphotographs.

3. Request verification of the identification numbers afterthey have been entered with any regional or nationalcrime information center. Double check the numbers tobe sure they are correct.

4. Notify your John Deere dealer of the theft and requestthat its loss be posted with full description andidentification numbers.

110-3 120699

PN=308

Specifications

TX,110,BD2218 –19–08OCT96–1/1

310SE AND 315SE SPECIFICATIONS

T10

3503

–UN–1

0SEP96

115-1 120699

PN=309

Specifications

CED,OUO1040,162 –19–10JUN98–1/6

310SE AND 315SE BACKHOE LOADER

NOTE: Specifications and design subject to changewithout notice. Whenever applicable,specifications are in accordance with SAEStandards unless otherwise noted, thesespecifications are based on a standard machinewith 19.5L-24, 8PR, R4 rear tires; 11L-16, 12PR,F3 front tires; 0.86 m3 (1.12 cu yd) loader bucket;610 mm (24 in.) backhoe bucket; ROPS/FOPS;full fuel tank and 79 kg (175 lb) operator.

Item Measurement Specification

A—Loading Height, Truck LoadingPosition

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Height 3.43 m (11 ft 3 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Height 3.53 m (11 ft 7 in.)Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Height 4.29 m (14 ft 1 in.)Extended

B—Reach from Center of SwingMast

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.56 m (18 ft 3 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 5.66 m (18 ft 7 in.)Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Distance 6.68 m (21 ft 11 in.)Extended

C—Reach from Center of Rear Axle




115-2 120699

PN=310


Specifications

CED,OUO1040,162 –19–10JUN98–2/6


D—Maximum Digging Depth

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Depth 4.42 m (14 ft 6 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Depth 4.55 m (14 ft 11 in.)Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Depth 5.61 m (18 ft 5 in.)Extended

E—Digging Depth (SAE)—(1) 10 mm(2 ft) Flat Bottom




F—Digging Depth (SAE)—(2) 2440mm (8 ft) Flat Bottom




G—Ground Clearance Minimum

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Clearance 330 mm (13 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Clearance 330 mm (13 in.)Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Clearance 330 mm (13 in.)Extended

115-3 120699

PN=311


Specifications

CED,OUO1040,162 –19–10JUN98–3/6


H—Bucket Rotation

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Rotation 190°

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Rotation 190°Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Rotation 190°Extended

I—Transport Height

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Height 3.51 m (11 ft 6 in.)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Height 3.48 m (11 ft 5 in.)Retracted

J—Overall Length, Transport

Backhoe Length 7.16 m (23 ft 6 in.)

K—Stabilizer Width, Transport

Backhoe Width 2.18 m (7 ft 2 in.)

L—Stabilizer Spread, Operating


M—Overall Width, Stabilizer Spread(Less Loader Bucket)—310SE


M—Overall Width, StabilizerSpread—315SE


N—Width Over Tires


115-4 120699

PN=312


Specifications

CED,OUO1040,162 –19–10JUN98–4/6


O—Height to Cab/ROPS Top

Backhoe Height 2.79 m (9 ft 2 in.)

P—Front Wheel to Loader DigPosition

Backhoe Distance 1.12 m (3 ft 8 in.)

Q—Wheelbase

Backhoe Length 2.10 m (6 ft 10 in.)

R—Maximum Height to LoaderBucket Hinge Pin

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Height 3.4 m (11 ft 2 in.)(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Height 3.4 m (11 ft 2 in.)yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Height 3.4 m (11 ft 2 in.)

S—Dump Clearance, Loader Bucketat 45°

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Clearance 2.69 m (8 ft 10 in.)(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Clearance 2.64 m (8 ft 8 in.)yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Clearance 2.62 m (8 ft 7 in.)

T—Maximum Loader Bucket DumpAngle

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Angle 45°(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Angle 45°yd3)

115-5 120699

PN=313


Specifications

CED,OUO1040,162 –19–10JUN98–5/6


Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Angle 45°

U—Reach at Full Height, LoaderBucket at 45°

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Distance 767 mm (30.2 in.)(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Distance 765 mm (30.1 in.)yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Distance 818 mm (32.2 in.)

V—Loader Bucket Rollback atGround Level

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Angle 40°(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Angle 40°yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Angle 40°

W—Dig Below Ground—LoaderBucket Level

Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3 Depth 163 mm (6.4 in.)(1.12 yd3)

Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30 Depth 206 mm (8.1 in.)yd3)

Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3) Depth 185 mm (7.3 in.)

Digging Force, Bucket Cylinder

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Force 53.3 kN (11,990 lb)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Force 54.1 kN (12,158 lb)Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Force 54.1 kN (12,158 lb)Extended

115-6 120699

PN=314


Specifications

CED,OUO1040,162 –19–10JUN98–6/6


Digging Force, Crowd Cylinder

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Force 36.0 kN (8090 lb)

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Force 34.7 kN (7796 lb)Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Force 25.0 kN (5628 lb)Extended

Swing Arc




Bucket Rotation




Stabilizer Angle Rearward

Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick Angle 18°

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Angle 18°Retracted

Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Angle 18°Extended

115-7 120699

PN=315

Specifications

TX,115,BG321 –19–10JUN98–1/5

310SE AND 315SE BACKHOE LOADER

NOTE: Specifications and design subject to changewithout notice. Wherever applicable,

specifications are in accordance withStandards.


Engine—John Deere 4045T

Rated Power @ 2200 rpm Power SAE gross 66 kW (88 hp)

Rated Power @ 2200 rpm Power SAE net 60 kW (80 hp)

Cylinders Quantity 4

Displacement Volume 4.52 L (276 in.3)

Engine Torque Rise Torque 42%

Maximum Engine Net Torque Torque 368 N•m (271 lb-ft)

Electrical System Voltage 12-volt

Alternator Amperage 65 amps

Alternator with Cab Amperage 95 amps


310SE Forward Travel Speeds1 withManual Transmission

Gear 1 Speed 5.8 km/h (3.6 mph)




1 With standard 19.5L-24 rear tires.

115-8 120699

PN=316


Specifications

TX,115,BG321 –19–10JUN98–2/5


310SE Reverse Travel Speeds1 withManual Transmission





310SE Forward Travel Speeds1 withPowershift Transmission





310SE Reverse Travel Speeds1 withPowershift Transmission





315SE Forward Travel Speeds1 withManual Transmission





115-9 120699

PN=317


Specifications

TX,115,BG321 –19–10JUN98–3/5



315SE Reverse Travel Speeds1 withManual Transmission





315SE Forward Travel Speeds1 withPowershift Transmission





315SE Reverse Travel Speeds1 withPowershift Transmission







115-10 120699

PN=318

Specifications

TX,115,BG321 –19–10JUN98–4/5

NOTE: With powershift transmission, third and fourthgear speeds are the same in reverse.


Steering: Hydrostatic Power

Non-Powered Axle Curb Turning Radius 3.57 m (11 ft 9 in.)Radius—Brakes Applied

Non-Powered Axle Curb Turning Radius 4.04 m (13 ft 3 in.)Radius—Without Brakes

Non-Powered Axle Bucket Radius 9.07 m (29 ft 9 in.)Clearance Circle—Brakes Applied

Non-Powered Axle Bucket Radius 10.74 m (35 ft 3 in.)Clearance Circle—Without Brakes

Non-Powered Axle Steering Wheel Quantity 2.3—3.0 turnsTurns—Stop to Stop

Powered Axle (MFWD) Curb Radius 3.34 m (10 ft 11 in.)Turning Radius—Brakes Applied

Powered Axle (MFWD) Curb Radius 4.17 m (13 ft 8 in.)Turning Radius—Without Brakes

Powered Axle Bucket Clearance Radius 9.07 m (29 ft 9 in.)Circle—Brakes Applied

Powered Axle Bucket Clearance Radius 10.74 m (35 ft 3 in.)Circle—Without Brakes

Powered Axle Steering Wheel Quantity 2.5 turnsTurns—Stop to Stop


Hydraulic System: Open Center

Pressure Relief Setting—Backhoe Pressure 25 000 kPa (3625 psi)

115-11 120699

PN=319


Specifications

TX,115,BG321 –19–10JUN98–5/5


Pressure Relief Setting—Loader Pressure 19 000 kPa (2750 psi)

Flow @ 2200 rpm, Backhoe Flow Rate 136 L/min. (36 gpm)

Flow @ 2200 rpm, Loader Flow Rate 106 L/min. (28 gpm)

115-12 120699

PN=320

Specifications

CED,OUO1032,1006 –19–09JUN98–1/2

OTHER INFORMATION—310SE AND 315SEBACKHOE LOADER

Hydraulic system:

• Gear-type pump, tandem with unloader• 10 micron replaceable element return oil filter

Final drives:

• Heavy-duty inboard mounted planetary• Evenly distributes axle shock loads over three oil

cooled gears

Brakes:

• Hydraulic wet disk• Mounted inboard• Self-adjusting• Self-equalizing

Park brake:

• Independent system• Spring applied• Hydraulically released• Controlled by an electric switch on the side console

Operator control:

• Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick—two levers• Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Retracted—right foot

treadle• Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Extended—right food

treadle

Transmission:

• 4-speed helical gear• Synchronized collar shift transmission with hydraulic

reverser• Torque converter 280 mm (11 in.) with 2.63:1 stall

ratio

Lubrication:

• Pressure system with spin-on filter

115-13 120699

PN=321


Specifications

CED,OUO1032,1006 –19–09JUN98–2/2

• Air cleaner• Dual stage dry, with element and precleaner

Tires:

• Front w/o MFWD—11L-15, 8 PR F3• Front w/o MFWD—11L-16, 12PR F3• Front with MFWD—12.5/80, 10PR• Rear w/o MFWD—16.9-24, 8PR R4• Rear w/o MFWD—19.5L-24, 8PR R4• Rear with MFWD—19.5L-24, 8PR R4

TX,110,BD2420 –19–06DEC96–1/1

310SE AND 315SE BACKHOE LOADERWEIGHT


Transporting

SAE Operating Weight with ROPS Weight 6123 kg (13,500 lb)

Cab Added Weight 263 kg (580 lb)

MFWD with Tires Added Weight 220 kg (485 lb)

Extendible Dipperstick Weight 222 kg (490 lb)

Optional Front Counterweight Weight 181 kg (400 lb)

Optional Front Counterweight Weight 295 kg (650 lb)

115-14 120699

PN=322

Specifications

TX,110,BD2212 –19–08OCT96–1/1

BUCKETS

Width Heaped Capacity Weight

Loader: mm (In.) m3 (Cu Yd) kg lb

Heavy duty long lip 2180 (86) 0.86 (1.12) 426 (940)

2340 (92) 1.00 (1.30) 476 (1050)

Multipurpose 2180 (86) 0.76 (1.00) 725 (1600)

2340 (92) 0.96 (1.25) 762 (1680)

Width Heaped Capacity Weight

Backhoe: mm (In.) m3 (Cu Ft) kg (lb)

Standard duty 610 (24) 0.21 (7.5) 159 (350)

Heavy duty with lift loops 305 (12) 0.09 (3.3) 117 (258)

457 (18) 0.14 (5.1) 151 (334)

610 (24) 0.21 (7.5) 180 (396)

610 (24) 0.25 (8.8) 216 (476)

762 (30) 0.28 (10.0) 202 (444)

914 (36) 0.35 (12.5) 231 (510)

Severe duty 457 (18) 0.14 (5.1) 164 (362)

610 (24) 0.21 (7.5) 192 (424)

610 (24) 0.25 (8.8) 206 (455)

762 (30) 0.28 (10.0) 215 (475)

Ditch cleaning 914 (36) 0.35 (12.5) 231 (510)

115-15 120699

PN=323

Specifications

TX,110,BG271 –19–01DEC99–1/1

310SE AND 315SE BACKHOE LOADERDRAIN AND REFILL CAPACITIES


Engine Coolant Capacity 16 L (17 qt)

Engine Oil (including filter) Capacity 8.5 L (9.0 qt)

Torque Converter and Transmission Capacity 15 L (16 qt)System

Rear Axle (S.N. —851673) Capacity 13 L (14 qt)

Rear Axle (S.N. 851674—) Capacity 16 L (17 qt)

MFWD Front Axle Housing Capacity 6.5 L (7 qt)

MFWD Front Wheel Planetary Capacity 1 L (1.1 qt)Housing (each)

Fuel Tank Capacity 136 L (36 gal)

Hydraulic System Reservoir Capacity 37 L (39 qt)

115-16 120699

PN=324

Specifications

TX,110,BD2214 –19–08OCT96–1/1

310SE AND 315SE BACKHOE LOADERLIFTING CAPACITIES—STANDARDDIPPERSTICK

T10

3504

–19–

10SEP96

Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Standard DipperstickBased on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)

Lifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin,loader bucket and stabilizers on firm, level ground. Liftcapacities are hydraulically limited. Lifting capacities are87 percent of the maximum lift over any point on theswing arc and do not exceed 75 percent of the tippingload. Angle between boom and ground is 65 degrees.Machine is equipped with 610 mm (24 in.) standardbucket, standard or extendible dipperstick, and standardequipment.

NOTE: Loader bucket on ground significantly improvesside stability, therefore improving lift capacity tothe side. Lift capacity over the rear is not affected.

115-17 120699

PN=325

Specifications

TX,110,BD2215 –19–08OCT96–1/1

310SE AND 315SE BACKHOE LOADERLIFTING CAPACITIES—EXTENDIBLEDIPPERSTICK (RETRACTED)

T10

3505

–19–

10SEP96

Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Extendible Dipperstick, RetractedBased on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)

115-18 120699

PN=326

Specifications

TX,110,BD2216 –19–08OCT96–1/1

310SE AND 315SE BACKHOE LOADERLIFTING CAPACITIES—EXTENDIBLEDIPPERSTICK (EXTENDED)

T10

3506

–19–

10SEP96

Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Extendible Dipperstick, RetractedBased on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)

115-19 120699

PN=327

Machine Numbers

TX,120,RR4088 –19–09DEC93–1/1

RECORD PRODUCT IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (PIN)

T10

3542

–UN–0

4SEP96

Purchase Date

Machine Serial Number (A)

NOTE: Record all 13 characters of Product IdentificationNumber.

05T,120,J3 –19–15MAR94–1/1

RECORD ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

T10

3543

–UN–0

4SEP96

Engine Serial Number (A)

TX,120,RR4373 –19–08JUN94–1/1

RECORD (MFWD) FRONT AXLE HOUSINGSERIAL NUMBER

T10

3544

–UN–0

4SEP96

Axle Housing Serial Number (A)

120-1 120699

PN=328

IndexPage Page

3 BackhoeBucket teeth installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-29Cycle times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-243-Way test kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-8Lubricate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-4Moving with. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-24Safety features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1

A BallastFront tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-20

ASI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2 BatteryAccess doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-6 Acid burns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-2, 90-13Accumulator Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-14

Ride control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-21 Electrolyte level check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-2Acid burns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-2, 90-13 Explosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-2, 90-13Adjustment, backhoe linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2 Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8Adjustment Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15

Boom lock-310SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-5 Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15Engine speed control lever tension . . . . . . . . 90-26 Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15

Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-11Engine speed control linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-4Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-2Engine valve clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86-1

Bearings, front wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-2Loader bucket self-leveling linkage . . . . . . . . 35-14Belt inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1Reverse warning alarm volume. . . . . . . . . . . 90-18Benching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-33Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18BleedingToe-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-27

Service brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-25After Sales Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2Boom lock controlAir cleaner elements

310SE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2315SE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-13

Boom-to-dipper pinAir filter restriction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-2Air filters

BoomCab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6LockAir intake hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1310SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4Alarm315SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4Reverse warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-18

Brake inspection, serviceStop engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3External . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-1Alternator

Brake service, bleed procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-25Precaution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-9BrakesVoltage indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5

Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-25Auxiliary Flow Control Valve Break-in

Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6 10 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1Axle oil, rear 50 to 100 hours. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2

Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-5 Breather, hydraulic reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-2Bucket couplers

Universal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-36BucketB

Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-16Installing teeth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-29Backdragging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-29

Bulb replacementBackfilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-30Halogen bulb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-17Backhoe controls

315SE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Three lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-13, 35-9 CTwo lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11, 35-7, 35-8

Backhoe linkage adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2 Cab air filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6

Index-1 120699

PN=1

Index

Page Page

Cab Dome light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Dozing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-28Heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

Cap screw torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3 Drain engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-5Driving on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-22Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-9, CLIS-1

Cold weather Driving on public roads310SE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1Machine warming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-11

Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6 315SE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2Driving the machineControl

Boom lock, 310SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 with manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-5with powershift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-7Boom lock, 315SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16

Controls Dust unloader vlaveClean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2Backhoe, 315SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15

Backhoe, three lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-13, 35-9Backhoe, two lever . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11, 35-7, 35-8Front loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

EOperational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9Coolant freeze protection level

Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-3 ElectrolyteCoolant Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-13

Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-4 Element, primaryDiesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-6 Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-3Drain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-5 Elements, air cleanerHeater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9 Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4 Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-13Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1 Engine damper, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8Temperature indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4 Engine oil

Cooling system Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1 EngineDraining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-5 Air filter indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-7 Boost starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4 Coolant heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9

Coolscan Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-8 Coolant temperature indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Counterweights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-19 Crankcase vent tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-10Cycle times, backhoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-24 Diagnose malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-2Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30 Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-6

Oil check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1Oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-6Oil pressure indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

D Speed check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-3Speed control lever tension, adjust . . . . . . . . 90-26Speed control linkage, adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-4Damper. replace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8

Diesel engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5 Startingwith manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2Diesel fuel storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3

Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1 with powershift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4StoppingDifferential

Lock pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-17 with manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-12with powershift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 25-13Digging

Backhoe bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-25 Valve lash (clearance), adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86-1Extendible dipperstick side railsLoader bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-27

Dipperstick Lubricate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8Extendible dipperstickGrease specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8

Do not operate tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1 Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6

Index-2 120699

PN=2

Index

Page Page

Locking pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 HLubricate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12 Heater controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

HosesAir intake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4

Hour meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-27, 50-2FHydraulic oil temperature

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6Feet, sideshift stabilizer 315SE

Hydraulic reservoir fill screenChange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-31 Inspect and clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6

Filter HydraulicEngine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-6 Oil filter indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6Fuel, change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-3 Oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-9 Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7Hydraulic oil system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1 Reservoir oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-10Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-6 Reservoir oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-4

Filters, air Reservoir, breather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-2Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6 System troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-20

Frame, side shift 315SELubricate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-7

Front axle and steering cylinder pivots . . . . . . . . 60-6Fuel storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3 IFuel tank

Drain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1 Inch torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-35Fuel Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1 IndicatorFilter drain sediment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-9 Air filter restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5Filter, change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-3 Alternator voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4 Engine coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

Engine oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8Hydraulic oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6Tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4Hydraulic oil temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6FuseMechanical front wheel drive (MFWD). . . . . . . 10-6Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-16Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-16Ride control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7Rotary beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5STOP-engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4GSelf-leveling linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-14Transmission oil temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5

Gauges, troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-16 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-16Gauges Turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22

Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1Grease Injection pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8

Front axle and steering cyl pivots . . . . . . . . . . 60-6 InjectionFront wheel bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-9 Nozzle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8Loader pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-2 Inspection, pre-start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1MFWD driveshaft universal joints . . . . . .55-9, 65-1 Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1MFWD front axle universal joints. . . . . . . . . . . 60-3 InstrumentSpecification, dipperstick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8 Check after starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9

Check before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8

Index-3 120699

PN=3

Index

Page Page

L Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-18Leveling machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-23Planetary housing oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-7LeverWheel planetary housing oil change . . . . . . . 85-12Loader control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-13

MachineSpeed control tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-26Cold weather warming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-11Stabilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-3Maintenance position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-3, 50-4LeversWarming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10Stabilizer control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

Maintenance record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-9, CLIS-1Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-35MaintenanceLights, indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-3, 50-4Loader boom service lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-5, 55-4Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-7Loader bucket

ManualSelf-leveling linkage indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-14Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28Loader controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

Mechanical front wheel driveLoaderFront axle housing oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1Bucket changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-16Front axle housing oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-13Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6LockPlanetary housing oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-7BoomSwitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-18310SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4

Metric torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-32315SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4Mixing lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-10Extendible dipperstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30Loader boom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-5

Swing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-5Locking pin

Extendible dipperstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 NLubricant

Alternative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9 NeutralMixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-10 Start system check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-19Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9Synthetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9

LubricateOBackhoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-4

Extendible dipperstick side rails . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8Extendible dipperstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8 O-ring boss fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-37Front wheel bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-9 Oil changeMFWD front axle universal joints. . . . . . . . . . . 60-3 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-6Side shift frame 315SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-7 MFWD planetary housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-12Stabilizer leg wear strips 315SE . . . . . . . . . . . 55-7 Reverser and torque converter . . . . . . .85-8, 85-11Stabilizers and cylinders 310SE . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3 Oil lines and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-36

Oil, rear axleChange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-5

OilM Change, MFWD front axle housing . . . . . . . . . 85-1

Change, hydraulic reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-10Level, MFWD front axle housing . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1MFWD

Axle housing oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1 Level, MFWD planetary housing . . . . . . . . . . . 75-7Level, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1Front axle housing oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1

Grease axle universal joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3 Level, hydraulic reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-4Level, rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1Grease driveshaft universal joints . . . . . .55-9, 65-1

Index-4 120699

PN=4

Index

Page Page

Level, transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-5 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30Lines and fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-36Specification, MFWD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6Specification, hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7

RSpecification, reverser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7Specification, transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6

ROPS attachments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-19Oilscan Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-8ROPS, torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30Operating tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-21RadiatorOperating

Add rust inhibitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-4Backhoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1Coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1Differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-17Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4Extendible dipperstick with attachments . . . . 35-27

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Front loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-13Regulator precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-9Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD). . . . . . 35-18Reservoiron a slope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-22

Breather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-2Operational checkout procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-1Hydraulic oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-10Operational checksOil level check, hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-4Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-19

Return-to-dig switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-14Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-6Reverse warning alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-18Cab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-20ReverserClutch disconnect solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-10

Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85-8, 85-11Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-10Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7Gauge and indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-1

Ride control switch and indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7Hydraulic system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-15Ride controlIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-4

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-3MFWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-13RotaryMiscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-25

Beacon indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5Steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-9Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-2

Operational controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9Operators manual holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28 S

STOP-engine indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3Screen, hydraulic reservoir fill

P Inspect and clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6Seat belt

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Park brakeCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-23 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18

Seat controlsIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7Parking Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19

Serial numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-1with manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-11with powershift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-12 Service Brake

Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-1PedalDifferential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-17 Service brake bleed procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-25

Service interval checklist . . . . . . . . . . . .50-9, CLIS-1Periodic maintenance chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1Plowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-28 Service record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-9, CLIS-1

Shifting backhoe with bucketPre-startInspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1 315SE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-11

Sideshift stabilizer feet 315SEPrimary elementClean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-3 Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-31

SpecificationPumpInjection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8 Battery electrolyte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-13

Index-5 120699

PN=5

Index

Page Page

Dipperstick grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3Toe-in, check and adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-27Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8

Hardware torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30 Torque converter oil change . . . . . . . . . . .85-8, 85-11Torque valueHydraulic oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7

MFWD oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6 Flat face O-ring seal fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-38Inch SAE four bolt flange fitting. . . . . . . . . . . 90-39Reverser oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7

Transmission oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6 Metric cap screw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-34Metric four bolt flange fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-33Specifications chapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-1

Spoil piles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-23 O-ring boss fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-37Wheel cap screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3Stabilizer control levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10, 35-3

Stabilizer feet Torque valuesInch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-35310SE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-19

Stabilizer leg wear strips 315SE Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-32TorqueLubricate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-7

Stabilizers and cylinders 310SE Boom-to-dipper pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-2ROPS bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30Lubricate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3

Starting fluid, cold weather start . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-3Transmission oil temperature indicator . . . . . . . . 10-5Starting the engine

with manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2 TransmissionFilter change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-6with powershift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4

Stopping the engine Oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-5Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6with manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-12

with powershift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-13 Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1Travel speedStorage procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-2

Storage 310SE with manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . 30-9310SE with powershift transmission . . . . . . . . 30-9Diesel fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3

Storing lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9 315SE with manual transmission . . . . . . . . . 30-10315SE with powershift transmission . . . . . . . 30-10Swing lock pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17

Swing lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-5 Trenching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-26TroubleshootingSwitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23

Dome light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23 Gauges and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-16Hydraulic system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-20Front windshield washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24

Front windshield wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Truck loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-32Turn signalInstrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD). . . . . . 35-18 Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7Rear windshield wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24Return-to-dig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-14

URide control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7Turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22 Using a sight gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-26Work and drive lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22

Synthetic lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9

V

T Valve lash adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86-1Valve, control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30Valve, dust unloaderTachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27

Teeth, backhoe bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-29 Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2Vent tube, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-10Tire

Pressure check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-2 Vibration damper, replace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8

Index-6 120699

PN=6

Index

Page

W

Warming machineCold weather. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-11Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10

Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-20Wheel bearings, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-2Wheel fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3Window

Rear, middle, storing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26

Windshield wipers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24

Index-7 120699

PN=7

Index

Index-8 120699

PN=8

Checklists

TX,50,BD2136 –19–15OCT96–1/1


BREAK-IN SERVICE INTERVALS

Break-in service is required for your machine at intervals shown in chapter 15. Refer to chapter 15 during the first 100 hours of machineoperation. After 100 hours refer to service intervals in chapter 50.

SERVICE INTERVALS AFTER BREAK-IN

Service your machine at intervals shown on this chart. Also, perform service on items at multiples of the original requirement. For example, at500 hours also service those items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours, 50 hours, and 10 hours or daily.

As Required

• Check belt tension • Grease side shift frame—315SE

• Drain water from fuel tank sump • Grease stabilizer leg wear strips—315SE

• Check tire pressure • Grease extendible dipperstick

• Check and adjust boom lock • Grease non-powered front wheel bearings

• Clean cab fresh air and re-circulation filters • Grease MFWD driveshaft spline

Every 10 Hours or Daily

• Check engine oil level • Grease backhoe bucket linkage pivots and cylinder rod ends

• Grease loader pivot points • Grease front axle and steering cylinder pivots

• Grease MFWD driveshaft U-joints (S.N. —881150) • Grease MFWD front axle U-joints

• Grease stabilizers and pivots

Weekly

• Check coolant level

CLIS-1 120699

PN=331

Checklists

CED,OUO1040,53 –19–11MAY98–1/1


Model: ❒ 310SE Model: ❒ 315SE Customer:PIN/Serial Number: Delivery Date: Hour Meter Reading:

OIL SAMPLINGOil samples should be taken from each system prior to its recommended drain or change interval indicated on this form: 250, 500, 1000hours. Maintenance recommendations supplied by OILSCAN PLUS will be provided based upon the oil analysis and operating informationyou supply. Regular oil sampling will extend the operational life of your machine’s systems.

Every 250 Hours❒ Check MFWD front axle housing oil level ❒ Check transmission oil level❒ Check rear axle oil level ❒ Change engine oil and replace filter❒ Check battery electrolyte level and terminals ❒ Check MFWD front wheel planetary housing oil level❒ Check hydraulic reservoir oil levelComments:


Every 500 Hours❒ Check air intake hoses ❒ Replace hydraulic reservoir breather❒ Replace hydraulic system oil filter ❒ Replace fuel filter❒ Check boom-to-dipper pin bolt ❒ Check coolant and add conditioner as needed

Comments:


Every 1000 Hours❒ Change MFWD front axle housing oil ❒ Change hydraulic reservoir oil❒ Clean, pack, and adjust front wheel bearings ❒ Clean engine crankcase vent tube❒ Check and adjust engine speed control linkage ❒ Change transmission and torque converter oil❒ Change rear axle oil ❒ Change MFWD planetary housing oil❒ Replace transmission oil filter ❒ Replace filter elements

Comments:


Every 2000 Hours❒ Adjust engine valve lashComments:


CLIS-2 120699

PN=332

Checklists

CED,OUO1040,44 –19–06MAY98–1/1

REQUIRED PARTSInsure machine performance and availability; use only genuine John Deere parts. Verify part numbers are current and that any associatedparts are also on hand, i.e., filter O-rings.

250 500 1000Description Part Number ASI Hours Hours Hours 2000 Hours

Engine Oil Filter RE59754 1 1 1 1 1

Fuel Filter RE62418 1 1 1

Hydraulic Reservoir AT101565 1 1 1Breather Filter

Hydraulic Oil Filter AT144879 1 1 1 1

PLUS-50 Oil: TY6389 8.5 L (9 qt) 8.5 L (9 qt) 8.5 L (9 qt) 8.5 L (9 qt) 8.5 L (9 qt)

Transmission Filter AT179323 1 1 1

HY-GARD Transmissionand Hydraulic Oil:

Transmission TY6354 gal. 14 L (16 qt) 14 L (16 qt)

Hydraulic System TY6354 gal. 37 L (39 qt) 37 L (39 qt)

MFWD TY6354 gal. 6.5 L (8.0 qt) 6.5 L (8.0qt)

Rear Axle (S.N. — 13 L (14 qt) 13 L (14 qt)854673)

Rear Axle (S.N. 16 L (17 qt) 16 L (17 qt)851674—)

Coolant Conditioner TY16004 As Needed As Needed As Needed As Needed

Oilscan Plus Kits:

Diesel Engine Oil AT178840 1 1 1 1

Transmission Oil AT178844 2 2 2and Gearbox/Axle

Hydraulic Oil Tank AT178844 1 1 1

Cab Fresh Air Filter AT141209 As Needed

Cab Recirculation Filter T158848 As Needed

3-Way Heavy Duty Coolant TY16175 0 1 1 1Test Kit

Air Filter (Primary) AT171853 1 1

Air Filter (Secondary) AT171854 1 1

CoolScan Plus Kit (Ten AT183016 1 1samples per kit)

Dieselscan AT180344 1 1 1Diesel Fuel Analysis (Sixsamples per kit)

PLUS-50 is a registered trademark of Deere & CompanyHY-GARD is a registered trademark of Deere & CompanyOilscan Plus is a registered trademark of Deere & CompanyCoolScan Plus is a registered trademark of Deere & Company

CLIS-3 120699

PN=333

John Deere Service Literature

DX,SERVLIT –19–11NOV97–1/1

TECHNICAL INFORMATION

TS18

9–U

N–1

7JAN89

TS19

1–U

N–0

2DEC88

TS22

4–U

N–1

7JAN89

TS16

63–U

N–1

0OCT97

Technical information is available from John Deere. Someof this information is available in electronic as well asprinted form. Order from your John Deere dealer or call1-800-522-7448. Please have available the modelnumber, serial number, and name of the product.

Available information includes:

• PARTS CATALOGS list service parts available for yourmachine with exploded view illustrations to help youidentify the correct parts. It is also useful in assemblingand disassembling.

• OPERATOR’S MANUALS providing safety, operating,maintenance, and service information. These manualsand safety signs on your machine may also be availablein other languages.

• OPERATOR’S VIDEO TAPES showing highlights ofsafety, operating, maintenance, and service information.These tapes may be available in multiple languagesand formats.

• TECHNICAL MANUALS outlining service information foryour machine. Included are specifications, illustratedassembly and disassembly procedures, hydraulic oilflow diagrams, and wiring diagrams. Some productshave separate manuals for repair and diagnosticinformation. Some components, such as engines, areavailable in separate component technical manuals

• FUNDAMENTAL MANUALS detailing basic informationregardless of manufacturer:• Agricultural Primer series covers technology in

farming and ranching, featuring subjects likecomputers, the Internet, and precision farming.

• Farm Business Management series examines“real-world” problems and offers practical solutions inthe areas of marketing, financing, equipmentselection, and compliance.

• Fundamentals of Services manuals show you how torepair and maintain off-road equipment.

• Fundamentals of Machine Operation manuals explainmachine capacities and adjustments, how to improvemachine performance, and how to eliminateunnecessary field operations.

SLIT-1 120699

PN=334

John Deere Service Keeps You On the Job

DX,IBC,4 –19–11JUN98–1/1

AT YOUR SERVICE WHEN YOU NEED IT

TS16

64–U

N–1

1JUN98

1—Division 1 - Seattle 4—Division 4 - Moline 8—Division 8 - Atlanta

John Deere Construction Equipment Co. John Deere Construction Equipment Co. John Deere Construction Equipment Co.33801 1st Way S #281 1515 5th Ave. 1201 Roberts Blvd., Suite 230Federal Way, WA 98003 Moline, IL 61265 Kennesaw, GA 30144Tel: (253) 942-3160 Tel: (309) 765-0275 Tel: (770) 423-2400Fax: (253) 942-3179 Fax: (309) 748-0117 Fax: (770) 423-2411

2—Division 2 - Denver 5—Division 5 - Grimsby John Deere Intercontinental, Ltd.

John Deere Construction Equipment Co. John Deere Construction Equipment Co. John Deere Construction Equipment Co.12250 East Iliff Ave, Suite 322 295 Hunter Road OverseasAurora, CO 80014-6318 Grimsby, Ontario, L3M4S9 1515 5th Ave. Moline, Il 61265Tel: (303) 481-4100 Tel: (905) 945-9281 Tel: (309) 765-3316Fax: (303) 481-4101 Fax: (905) 945-1267 Fax: (309) 765-3279

3—Division 3 - Dallas 6—Division 6 - Baltimore

John Deere Construction Equipment Co. John Deere Construction Equipment Co.3700 Forums Drive, Suite 101 72 Loveton Circle, Suite 101Flower Mound, TX 75028-1860 Sparks, MD 21152-9270Tel: (972) 874-2900 Tel: (410) 785-0400Fax: (972) 874-2920 Fax: (410) 785-4145

CUSTOMER SATISFACTION is important to JohnDeere. We take pride in providing superior service.We’ll be around when you need us:

• We maintain a large and varied parts inventory tohelp minimize downtime.

• Precision tools and testing equipment enabletechnicians to locate and correct troubles.

• We hold regular training schools for servicetechnicians so they know your equipment and howto maintain it.

IBC-1 120699

PN=335

Documents

0 (1/&!2$%&$3/-4+356 ’()*+,-&.,(/-0